CA2219528A1 - Stabilized compositions of fluorinated amphiphiles as contrast agents for ultrasound - Google Patents
Stabilized compositions of fluorinated amphiphiles as contrast agents for ultrasound Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2219528A1 CA2219528A1 CA002219528A CA2219528A CA2219528A1 CA 2219528 A1 CA2219528 A1 CA 2219528A1 CA 002219528 A CA002219528 A CA 002219528A CA 2219528 A CA2219528 A CA 2219528A CA 2219528 A1 CA2219528 A1 CA 2219528A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- composition according
- gas
- fluorinated
- group
- carbons
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 207
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 32
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 title claims description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 109
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 claims description 141
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 64
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- KAVGMUDTWQVPDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N perflubutane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F KAVGMUDTWQVPDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 229950003332 perflubutane Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960004692 perflenapent Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- NJCBUSHGCBERSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluoropentane Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F NJCBUSHGCBERSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- YVBBRRALBYAZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorooctane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F YVBBRRALBYAZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- WMIYKQLTONQJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)F WMIYKQLTONQJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- BCCOBQSFUDVTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octafluorocyclobutane Chemical compound FC1(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C1(F)F BCCOBQSFUDVTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000019407 octafluorocyclobutane Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004624 perflexane Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- ZJIJAJXFLBMLCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorohexane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ZJIJAJXFLBMLCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910018503 SF6 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur hexafluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(F)(F)(F)F SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960000909 sulfur hexafluoride Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- QYSGYZVSCZSLHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N octafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F QYSGYZVSCZSLHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 9
- 229960004065 perflutren Drugs 0.000 claims 9
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 claims 3
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims 1
- -1 b~n7~ne Substances 0.000 description 64
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 36
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 34
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 25
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 22
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 15
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 12
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 11
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 7
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfate group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)([O-])[O-] QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002310 reflectometry Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000021251 pulses Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 4
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopentane Chemical compound CCC(C)C QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- QMMOXUPEWRXHJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentene-2 Natural products CCC=CC QMMOXUPEWRXHJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 4
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241001136792 Alle Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100028944 Dual specificity protein phosphatase 13 isoform B Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101000964330 Homo sapiens C->U-editing enzyme APOBEC-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000838551 Homo sapiens Dual specificity protein phosphatase 13 isoform A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000838549 Homo sapiens Dual specificity protein phosphatase 13 isoform B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-2-ene Chemical compound CC=CC IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- XNMQEEKYCVKGBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylacetylene Natural products CC#CC XNMQEEKYCVKGBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical class CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N (Z)-Palmitoleic acid Natural products CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHFMSNDOYCFEPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-difluoroethane Chemical compound FCCF AHFMSNDOYCFEPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- USCSRAJGJYMJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1-butyne Chemical group CC(C)C#C USCSRAJGJYMJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N D-Cellobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N 0.000 description 2
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-manno-Heptulose Natural products OCC1OC(O)(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-threose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluoroform Chemical compound FC(F)F XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-galacto-2-Heptulose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150048797 LIPH gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous Oxide Chemical compound [O-][N+]#N GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CNVZJPUDSLNTQU-SEYXRHQNSA-N Petroselinic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCC(O)=O CNVZJPUDSLNTQU-SEYXRHQNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N Sedoheptulose Natural products OC[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@](O)(CO)O1 HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N alpha-D-lyxopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940006460 bromide ion Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KDKYADYSIPSCCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-1-yne Chemical compound CCC#C KDKYADYSIPSCCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLCSWKVOHICRDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diyne Chemical compound C#CC#C LLCSWKVOHICRDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- UHCBBWUQDAVSMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoroethane Chemical compound CCF UHCBBWUQDAVSMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- BDJAEZRIGNCQBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclobutane Chemical compound CC1CCC1 BDJAEZRIGNCQBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 2
- WTWWXOGTJWMJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N perflubron Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)Br WTWWXOGTJWMJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001217 perflubron Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LGUZHRODIJCVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluoroheptane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F LGUZHRODIJCVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015108 pies Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N sedoheptulose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIICUUGPVAEJSH-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2-bromophenyl)methyl-ethyl-dimethylazanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1Br OIICUUGPVAEJSH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Polymers OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBLZCXWVROESG-PKPIPKONSA-N (2s)-1,2,3-trihydroxyheptan-4-one Chemical compound CCCC(=O)C(O)[C@@H](O)CO OFBLZCXWVROESG-PKPIPKONSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6E,10E,14E,18E)-2,6,10,15,19,23-hexamethyltetracosa-2,6,10,14,18,22-hexaene Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)C YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-M (E,E)-sorbate Chemical compound C\C=C\C=C\C([O-])=O WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSJULBMCKQTTIG-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-1,1,1,2,3,4,4,4-octafluorobut-2-ene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(/F)=C(\F)C(F)(F)F WSJULBMCKQTTIG-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVWPNDVAQBNQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-icosafluorononane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F UVWPNDVAQBNQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWXGJTSJUKTDQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8-heptadecafluoro-8-iodooctane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)I KWXGJTSJUKTDQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJPMYEOUBPIPHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoroethane Chemical compound CC(F)(F)F UJPMYEOUBPIPHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVJOQYFQSQJDDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,3,3,4,4,4-octafluorobut-1-ene Chemical compound FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ZVJOQYFQSQJDDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGPPATCNSOSOQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexafluorobuta-1,3-diene Chemical compound FC(F)=C(F)C(F)=C(F)F LGPPATCNSOSOQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJDIZQLSFPQPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-Trichlorotrifluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(Cl)Cl AJDIZQLSFPQPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWWKERINVYVSIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,3,3-tetrafluoropropa-1,2-diene Chemical compound FC(F)=C=C(F)F PWWKERINVYVSIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAMUEXIPKSRTBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dichloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(Cl)Cl BAMUEXIPKSRTBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGZHHTKDHXSAQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dichloro-2-fluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(Cl)Cl RGZHHTKDHXSAQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPNPZTNLOVBDOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluoroethane Chemical compound CC(F)F NPNPZTNLOVBDOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVHWOZCZUNPZPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluorocyclobutene Chemical compound FC1=C(F)C(F)(F)C1(F)F QVHWOZCZUNPZPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JSEUKVSKOHVLOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl JSEUKVSKOHVLOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-LLWMBOQKSA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-LLWMBOQKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical compound CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQZFYIGAYWLRCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)C(F)(F)Cl JQZFYIGAYWLRCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJSKEGAHBAHFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-fluorobenzene Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 ZJSKEGAHBAHFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOHSBFCSOARUBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isothiocyanato-2,4-dimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=S)C(C)=C1 HOHSBFCSOARUBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXEDXHIBHVMDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 12Z-octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O OXEDXHIBHVMDST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPTSQBHQXVQANU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,6-trimethylpiperidine Chemical compound CC1CCC(C)C(C)N1 VPTSQBHQXVQANU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 2,3-bis[(z)-octadec-9-enoxy]propyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCOCC(C[N+](C)(C)C)OCCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC LDGWQMRUWMSZIU-LQDDAWAPSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Polymers OCC(O)C1OCC(O)C1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCLIRWBVOVZTOK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-1-ium-1-yl)ethyl 2-hydroxy-2,2-diphenylacetate;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)OCC[N+]1(C)CCCC1 PCLIRWBVOVZTOK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAIGSNHRJAADFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromobutanal Chemical compound CCC(Br)C=O HAIGSNHRJAADFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATEBGNALLCMSGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,1-difluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)CCl ATEBGNALLCMSGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHNNAWXXUZQSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbut-1-ene Chemical compound CCC(C)=C MHNNAWXXUZQSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZHHYIOUKQNLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrachlorophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1C(O)=O WZHHYIOUKQNLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MAUHKVNIHVSMSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromopent-1-ene Chemical compound CCC(Br)C=C MAUHKVNIHVSMSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHQXBTXEYZIYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-1-ene Chemical compound CC(C)C=C YHQXBTXEYZIYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRDIEHDJWYRVPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5-hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=C2C(N)=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1 LRDIEHDJWYRVPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100096655 Arabidopsis thaliana SRO2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006222 Berchtold homologation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 240000008886 Ceratonia siliqua Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013912 Ceratonia siliqua Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOPWNXZWBYDODV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)Cl VOPWNXZWBYDODV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWCDCDSDNJVCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FCCl XWCDCDSDNJVCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000511343 Chondrostoma nasus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100022641 Coagulation factor IX Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001137251 Corvidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000303965 Cyamopsis psoralioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800005209 Deltorphin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BHSURCCZOBVHJJ-NWOHMYAQSA-N Deltorphin A Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(N)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BHSURCCZOBVHJJ-NWOHMYAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010065372 Dynorphins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000001039 Dystrophin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069091 Dystrophin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001690 Factor VIII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054218 Factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 1,2-diacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(CO)OC(C)=O UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010091938 HLA-B7 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000746373 Homo sapiens Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000155250 Iole Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000234269 Liliales Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- GQWNECFJGBQMBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molindone hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.O=C1C=2C(CC)=C(C)NC=2CCC1CN1CCOCC1 GQWNECFJGBQMBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N N-[(1R,2S)-2,6-dimethyindan-1-yl]-6-[(1R)-1-fluoroethyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound C[C@@H](F)C1=NC(N)=NC(N[C@H]2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C[C@@H]2C)=N1 YFONKFDEZLYQDH-OPQQBVKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004341 Octafluorocyclobutane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CNVZJPUDSLNTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Petroselaidic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCC(O)=O CNVZJPUDSLNTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001674048 Phthiraptera Species 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100024622 Proenkephalin-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical class [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetramethylsqualene Natural products CC(=C)C(C)CCC(=C)C(C)CCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC(C)C(=C)CCC(C)C(C)=C BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000000475 acetylene derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001361 allenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002009 allergenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000922 anti-bactericidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010420 art technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 1
- QNRMTGGDHLBXQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,2-diene Chemical compound CC=C=C QNRMTGGDHLBXQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDJOPCBWIOGONH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane;2-methylbutane Chemical compound CCCC.CCC(C)C BDJOPCBWIOGONH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFYPICNXBKQZGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N butenyne Chemical group C=CC#C WFYPICNXBKQZGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQHZPQUHCAKSOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl nitrate Chemical compound CCCCO[N+]([O-])=O QQHZPQUHCAKSOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000828 canola oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019519 canola oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethane Chemical compound CCCl HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-palmitoleic acid Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NKKMVIVFRUYPLQ-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotononitrile Chemical compound C\C=C\C#N NKKMVIVFRUYPLQ-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-O dimethyloxidanium Chemical compound C[OH+]C LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- YOTZYFSGUCFUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylphosphine Chemical compound CPC YOTZYFSGUCFUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWRBNPKJOOWZPW-CLFAGFIQSA-N dioleoyl phosphatidylethanolamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCN)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC MWRBNPKJOOWZPW-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGAXQIGUCMEUMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2-aminopropanedioate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C(N)C([O-])=O YGAXQIGUCMEUMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disulfite Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecahydrosqualene Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002961 echo contrast media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002592 echocardiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003750 ethyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000301 factor viii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003682 fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N ganglioside GM1 Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](CO)O1 QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000009429 hemophilia B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WBCLXFIDEDJGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoro-2-butyne Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C#CC(F)(F)F WBCLXFIDEDJGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBZWSGALLODQNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoroacetone Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)C(F)(F)F VBZWSGALLODQNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002608 intravascular ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002414 leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SDQFDHOLCGWZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lilial Chemical compound O=CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 SDQFDHOLCGWZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150096059 lipC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000865 mononuclear phagocyte system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJUIMOJAAPLTRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monothioglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)CS PJUIMOJAAPLTRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010016 myocardial function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- DAZXVJBJRMWXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylethylamine Chemical compound CCN(C)C DAZXVJBJRMWXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GWUSZQUVEVMBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nimetazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 GWUSZQUVEVMBPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001272 nitrous oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052756 noble gas Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002835 noble gases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QYZLKGVUSQXAMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,4-diene Chemical compound C=CCC=C QYZLKGVUSQXAMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEIJMVGQZDKEPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluoroethanamine Chemical compound FN(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F XEIJMVGQZDKEPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008055 phosphate buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008103 phosphatidic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000865 phosphorylative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000502 poloxamer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001844 prenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-QJWNTBNXSA-M ricinoleate Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](O)C\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-QJWNTBNXSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940066675 ricinoleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075554 sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-CTQIIAAMSA-N sorbitan Polymers OCC(O)C1OCC(O)[C@@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-CTQIIAAMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940031439 squalene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N squalene Natural products CC(=CCCC(=CCCC(=CCCC=C(/C)CCC=C(/C)CC=C(C)C)C)C)C TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- QHMQWEPBXSHHLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur tetrafluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(F)F QHMQWEPBXSHHLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010269 sulphur dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004291 sulphur dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MLGCXEBRWGEOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradifon Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl MLGCXEBRWGEOQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- AQWHMKSIVLSRNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-Octadec-5-ensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCC(O)=O AQWHMKSIVLSRNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWHOZHOGCMHOBV-BQYQJAHWSA-N trans-benzylideneacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 BWHOZHOGCMHOBV-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BPXRXDJNYFWRDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoro(trifluoromethylperoxy)methane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OOC(F)(F)F BPXRXDJNYFWRDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFHCXWMZXQBQMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoro(trifluoromethylsulfanyl)methane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)SC(F)(F)F OFHCXWMZXQBQMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000402 unacceptable toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009834 vaporization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
- A61K49/18—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, microcapsules, liposomes
- A61K49/1806—Suspensions, emulsions, colloids, dispersions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/22—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations
- A61K49/222—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, liposomes
- A61K49/223—Microbubbles, hollow microspheres, free gas bubbles, gas microspheres
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/22—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations
- A61K49/222—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, liposomes
- A61K49/227—Liposomes, lipoprotein vesicles, e.g. LDL or HDL lipoproteins, micelles, e.g. phospholipidic or polymeric
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
Stabilized compositions comprising, in combination with a gas, a fluorinated amphiphilic compound. The compositions are particularly suitable for use in diagnostic applications, including ultrasound. The compositions can take the form of vesicular compositions, such as micelles and liposomes.
Description
W O 96/39197 PCT/U'~GJ~7813 STABn ~7.~1) COMPOSIIIONS OF FLUORINATED
AMPHIPHILES AS CONTRAST AGENTS FOR ULTRASOUND
Field of the Il-v_..tic The present invention relates to novel compositions for ulLLdsoulld.
S More particularly, the present invention relates to novel compo~itif n~ of fluol..l~l~d ~mphirhi1ic colllpc,ul.ds for use as cr~ntr~et agents for ulL-dsoulld.
Back~round of the T v~ n UlL.dsou,ld is a valuable ~ nostic im~ging technique for studying various areas of the body including, for r~ .lc the v~cnl~tllre~ such as tissue 10 microv~cc11l~tl1re. Ultrasound provides certain advantages relative to other rli~gn~stic techniques. For example, ~ gnostic techniques involving nuclear m.or1icinr and X-rays generally results in ~A~.)O~ , of the patient to ionizing electron radiation. Such radiation can cause ~l~m~ge to subcell~ r m~t.Qri~l, inr.lnfling deoxyribnnllrleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA) and proteins. UlLla3ound does not involve such lS potentially ~l~m~ging r~ tion In ~1rlition, ulL-asou-ld is relatively i~ ive as coll.pa.~d, for example, to co.ll~ul~d tomography (CT) and m~gn.q.tic l~so~ r-e im~ging (MRI), which require elaborate and cA~"~l,si~e eq11irm~ nt Ultrasound involves the ~AI_IO~ of a patient to sound waves.
~ Generally, the sound waves ~ ir~te due to absorption by body tissue, penetrate 20 through the tissue or reflect off of the tissue. The reflection of sound waves off of tissue, generally referred to as b~L ec~ . . or reflectivity, forms the basis for developing an ultrasound image. In this connection, sound waves reflect differentially from different body tissues. This di~e.~ ial reflection is due to various factors, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 including, for example, the cn.~ nt~ and the density of the particular tissue being observed. The dirrt;.~;l,Lally reflected waves are ~ietecte~1 typically with a trzm~ Pr that can detect sound waves having a frequency of one m~g~h~rtz (MHz) to ten MHz.
The ~-tectecl waves can be h~Leg.dl~d, ~ 1 and co~ve,l~;d into an image of the 5 tissue being st ~
UlllasOul~d im~ging techniques typically involve the use of contrast agents. Contrast agents are used to hll~lov~ the quality and usefulness of images which are obtained via ultrasound. Exemplary c(~ dsl agents include, for example, suspensions of solid particles, ~mlll~ifi~l liquid droplets, and gas-filled bubbles. See, e.g, E~ilm~nn et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,466,442, and published Tnt~?m~ti~)nal Patent Applications WO 92/17212 and WO 92/21382.
The quality of images produced from ultrasound has hll~ov~d significantly. Nevertheless, further h~ rovement is n~e-lefl patticularly with respect to images involving v~c~ tllre in tissues that are perfused with a vascular blood 15 supply. Accordingly, there is a need for h~lplov~d ultrasound techniques, inrl~l-iing improved co~ d~l agents, which are capable of providing m.~ lly useful images ofthe vasculature and vascular-related organs.
The reflection of sound from a liquid-gas interface is extremely efficient. Accordingly, bubbles, in~ hllling gas-filled bubbles, are useful as contrast 20 agents. The term "bubbles", as used herein, refers to vesicles which are generally ch~,..~ 1 by the presence of one or more membranes or walls surrounding an intlqm~l void that is filled with a gas or a ~lecL~ ol thereto. Exemplary bubbles include, for ~Y;.",ple, liposomes, micelles and the like. As ~ cllcse~l more fully hereinarl~, the erre~liveness of bubbles as col,l.~wl agents ~ep~on-l~ upon various 25 factors, including, for .oY~mple, the size, elasticity and/or stability of the bubble.
With respect to the effect of bubble size, the signal that is reflected off of a bubble is a filn~tion of the radius (r6) of the bubble (Rayleigh Scatterer). Thus, a bubble having a fii~m~ter of 4 rnicrometer (~m) possesses about 64 times the scattering ability of a bubble having a diameter of 2 ~m. Thus, generally spe~king, 30 the larger the bubble, the greater the reflected signal.
However, bubble size is limited by the ~ meter of capillaries through which the bubbles must pass. Contrast agents which comprise bubbles having a CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 met~r of greater than 10 ,um are generally dangerous since mic,ove,sels may be occluded. Accordingly, it is desired that greater than about 99% of the bubbles in a colllldsl agent have a ~ m~ter of less than 10 ~Lm. Mean bubble diameter is important also, and should be greater than 1 ,um, with greater than 2 ~Lm being S plef~ d. The volume weighted mean diameter of the bubbles should be about 7 to 10 ~m.
Bubble elasticity is also important because highly elastic bubbles can deform, as necessary, to "squeeze" through c~pill~ries. This decreases the likelihood of occlusion. In ~ liti~n, rescn~nce is more easily in~ ce-l in bubbles having 10 enh~n~e-l elasticity. This can be advantageous in that rPson~ting bubbles typically generate sound emissions at frequencies in the sllbh~rmcIlic regime (based on multiples of 0.5) or in the supra- or ultr~h~rmonic regime (based on multiples of 2).
The supraharmonic regime, inchltling second h~rm( nic im~gin~, is desirable in ultrasound since background noise is ~,ulr.,~ lly elimin~teA Elastic bubbles can15 t_el~role be used to produce desirable second h~rmonic images.
The effectiveness of a contrast agent involving bubbles is also dependent on the bubble concentration. Generally, the higher the bubble concentration, the greater the reflectivity of the contrast agent.
Another important characteristic which is related to the effectiveness of 20 bubbles as contrast agents is bubble stability. As used herein, particularly with reference to gas-filled bubbles, "bubble stability" refers to the ability of bubbles to retain gas el~L,d~ped therein after exposure to a ~ie~,~,u,c; greater than atmospheric 7'7111e. To be ~rr~ ivt as collLld~,L agents, bubbles generally need to retain an amount of the c;llLlal)ped gas in vivo. It is also highly desirable that, after release of 25 the ~ ''7:~iUle~ the bubbles return to their original size. This is referred to generally as "bubble resilience."
Bubbles which lack desirable stability provide poor contrast agents. If, for example, bubbles release the gas e,.L,d~ped therein in vivo, reflectivity is~limini~hP~l Similarly, the size of bubbles which possess poor resilience will be 30 decreased in vivo, also reslllting in tlimini~h~l reflectivity.
The stability of bubbles disclosed in the prior art is generally inadequate for use as contrast agents. For example, the prior art discloses bubbles, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 including gas-filled liposomes, which comprise lipoidal walls or membranes. See,- e.g, Ryan et al., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,900,540 and 4,544,545, Tickner et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,276,885, Klaveness et al., WO 93/13809 and Schn~ er et al., EPO 0 554 213 and WO 91/15244. The stability ofthe bubbles ~ closecl inthese references ispoorS in that as the solutions in which the bubbles are suspended become ~lihlte~l, for example, in vivo, the walls or membranes of the bubbles are thinn~-1 This results in a greater lik~lihood of rupture of the bubbles.
Various ~lL~"~ have been made to improve bubble stability. Such ~lLe",~l~ have included, for example, the ~ lion of bubbles in which the 10 membranes or walls thereof are a~ lllly stren~h~n~?~l via cro~linking See, e.g, Giddey etal., U.S. PatentNo. 5,310,540 andKlaveness etal., WO 92/17212, in which there are disclosed bubbles which comprise proteins cro~link~cl with cro~linking agents.
Prior art techniques for stabilizing bubbles, including the use of 15 cro~linke~l mAt~riAl~, suffer from various drawbacks. For example, the cros~link~
mAteriAl~ described, for example, in Giddey et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,310,540 and Klaveness et al., WO 92/17212, lack bioc-....l.A~;bility or possess unknown metabolic fates. Added costs are also incurred with the use of additional mAtl~riAl~ and process steps n~ce~sAry for cro~linking In addition, cro~linking can impart rigidity to the 20 membranes or walls of the bubbles. This results in bubbles having reduced elasticity and, therefore, a decreased ability to deform and pass Llll~)u~ll capillaries. Thus, there is a greater likelihood of occlusion of vessels with prior art collL-~l agents that are stabilized via cro~linking Accol.ih~gly, new and/or better stabilized contr~t agents and methods 25 for providing same are n~e(le-1 The present invention is directed to this, as well as other, important ends.
Summarv of the Invention The present invention is directed, in part, to stabilized compositions of a gas and a sulfonated or phosphorylated fluorinated Amphirhi1ic compound.
30 Specifically, in one aspect, the present invention relates to a stabilized composition CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula ~i Rll~C
[Rl--Xl]y--~z--Y--R3--Z
[Xi Rllz wherein~
each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1;
each Xl is indep~n~l~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, S -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S;
Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(ORs)q~O~~ where q is 1 or 2;
X3 is a direct bond or -O-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a sqc~hqride residue or~T(R6)r, ~ here r is 2 o}3;
each R1 is independently alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 1 5 carbons;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons;
each of R4 and R5 is indep~.n-lently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons; and each R6 is indep~-n~ntly hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydlol)hilic polyrner;
provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and when R2 is a direct bond, at least two of x, y and z are 0. In certain embo-liment~, the composition may further comprise, as desired, a gaseous ~ 25 plciCul~Ol. Also, if desired, the composition may further comprise a bioactive agent.
Another aspect of the invention relates to compositions comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 CnP2n+l--(CH2)m C(O)~
CnF2n+l--(CH2)m--C(O)O--OP(O2)O-(CH2)~ N (CH3)3 wherem:
m is 0 to about 18;
n is 1 to about 12; and w is 1 to about 8.
Yet another aspect of the invention relates to a method for the .~dlion of a stabilized con.~o:jiLion of a flllorin~t~d ~mphirhilic compound and a gas. The m~tho-1 compri~çs ~git~ting an aqueous llli~lUle of a flnorin~tçcl ~mphirhilic compound in the presence of a gas.
Still another aspect of the invention relates to a method of providing an image of an int~rn~l region of a patient. The method c~-mpri.~çs ~lmini~tçrin~ to the patient a contrast me~ m comprising a stabilized composition comprising a gas and a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound. The method further comprises sc~nnin~ the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of the region.
Another aspect of the invention relates also to a method of providing an image of an int~rn~l region of a patient. This method colll~lises ~1minictçring to the patient a vesicular composition cnmpri~ing, in an aqueous carrier, vesicles comprising a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound and a gas or gaseous precursor. The method also involves sc~nning the patient using ultrasound to obtain a visible image of any ç:~e~l tissue in the patient.
Yet another aspect of the invention relates to a method for diagnosing the presence of ~ e~cefl tissue in a patient. The method involves ~tlmini~ttoring to the patient a contrast medium comprising a stabili~d composition comprising a gas and a CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 fluorinated ~ ,hil)hilic compound. The method further involves sc~nning the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of any ~lice~ce~l tissue in the patient.
Still another aspect of the invention relates to a method for the therapeutic delivery in vivo of a bioactive agent. The method compricec S ~lmini.ctering to a patient a therapeutically t;rL-;liv~ amount of a form~ tion which comprises, in combination with a bioactive agent, a stabilized composition of a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound and a gas.
These and other aspects of the invention will become more a~ e.lt from the present specification and claims.
10 Detailed De~ n of the Invention As employed above and throughout the disclosure, the following terms, unless other~-vise indicated, shall be understood to have the following m~ning.c"~mphirhile" or "~mphirhilic compound" refers to a synthetic or naturally-occurring compound having a water-soluble, hycllo~hilic portion and a 15 water-insoluble, hydlol)hobic portion. Pl~L.led il...l,hil-hilic compounds are characterized by a polar head group, for example, a phosphatidylcholine group, and one or more nonpolar, aliphatic chains, for example, palmitoyl groups. "Fluorinated ~..,l,hiphile" refers to an ~mphirhilic compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the a ll~h~llilic compound is replaced with a fluorine atom. In p,~L,l~id form, the 20 fluorinated ~...l,hil)hiliC compounds are polyfluorinated. "Polyfl~lorin~t~cl", as used herein, refers to ~mphirhilic compounds which contain two or more fluorine atoms.
In certain preferred embo~liment~ of the present invention, the ~...l~h;l.l~ilic compounds comprise a lipid. "Lipid", as used herein, refers to m~t~ri~l~, including fats and fat-derived m~t~ri~lc, which are relatively insoluble in water but relatively soluble in 25 organic solvents, such as b~n7~ne, chloroform, acetone and ether. Lipids include, for example, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, neutral fats, phosphatides (phospholipids), glycolipids, fatty alcohols, sterols, waxes, terpenes and steroids. As discussed in detail below, certain plef~ ed lipid compounds are phosphorylated and contain phosphate groups, for example, P04 groups, and certain other p,efelied lipid 30 compounds are slllf~ted and contain sulfate groups, for exarnple, S04 groups.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 "Amrl~ hy" refers to the ~imlllt~n~ous attraction and repulsion in a single molecule or ion co..~ P one or more groups having an affinity for the phase or medium in which they are dissolved, emul~ified and/or suspended, together with one or more groups that tend to be expelled from the involved phase or me~ lm S "Stabilized" refers to colllpo~iLions which have been f~rmlll~te(l as a i~lule of finely divided colloidal particles floating in a liquid with minimsll aggregation. As discussed in detail below, certain ~ler~ d emborlim~nt~ of the present invention involve compositions of stabilized vesicles. In this context, the term "stabilized" refers to vesicles which are subst~nti~lly resistant to degradation that is caused, for exarnple, by the loss of structural or compositional integrity in the walls of the vesicles and/or by the loss of any ~i nific~nt portion of a gas or gaseous precursor enr~pslll~t~d within the vesicle.
"~mrhirhilic composition" refers to a composition which comrri~c an ~mphirhilic compound. Exemplary ~ )h;l~hilic compositions include suspensions, emulsions and vesicular compositi~)n~
"Suspension" refers to a llli~Lu~" dispersion or emulsion of finely divided colloidal particles flo~tin~ in a liquid. The particles may be solid, liquid or gaseous.
"Emulsion" refers to a llli~LLu~e of two or more liquids and is generally in the form of a colloidal llli~Lulc.
"Vesicle" refers to a spherical entity which is ch~~ e~ 1 by the presence of an int~rn~l void. Pl~;r~;lled vesicles are form~ t~l from ~...l,hil,hilic compounds, including lipids. In any given vesicle, the ~,..l,hil,hilic compounds may be in the form of a monolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayer ;l...l~hil,hil~s may 25 be used to form one or more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono-or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally concentric. The vesicles described herein include such entities commonly referred to as liposomes, micelles, bubbles, microbubbles, microspheres and the like. Thus, the ~mphirhilic compounds may be used to for n a nnil~mell~r vesicle (comprised of one monolayer or bilayer), an 30 oligol~m~ r vesicle (comprised of about two or about three monolayers or bilayers) or a multilamellar vesicle (comprised of more than about three monolayers or bilayers). The internal void of the vesicles may be filled with a liquid, including, for CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 example, an aqueous liquid, a gas, a gaseous ~ ,ul~ol, and/or a solid or solute m~teri~l, including, for example, a bioactive agent, as desired.
"Liposome" refers to a generally spherical cluster or ag~ g~le of ~mphirhilic compounds, including lipid compounds, typically in the form of one or more concentric layers, for example, bilayers. They may also be referred to herein as vesicles or ~ )hil~hilic vesicles.
"Gas filled vesicles" refers to vesicles in which there is en~rs~ te~l a gas. "Gaseous precursor filled vesicles" refers to vesicles in which there is enc~rsi-l~te~l a ~,~seous pl~-;ul~ol-. The vesicles may be minim~lly, partially or subst~nti~lly completely filled with the gas and/or gaseous precursor. In ~,ef~ d embo-liment~, the vesicles are subst~nti~lly completely filled with the gas and/or gaseous precursor.
"Vesicular composition" refers to a composition of vesicles that is prepared from ~mphirhilic compounds.
".~mrhirhilic formulation" refers to a composition which comrri~es an ~mphirhilic compound and a bioactive agent.
"Vesicle formulation" refers to a composition which compri~es vesicles and a bioactive agent.
"Patient" refers to ~nim~le, including m~mm~l~, preferably hllm~n~
''Bioco.,.~ ihle~ refers to materials which are generally not injurious to biological functions and which will not result in any degree of unacceptable toxicity, including allergenic responses and disease states.
"Bioactive agent" refers to a sl~hst~n~e which is used in connection with an application that is therapeutic or ~ nostic in nature, such as in methods for diagnosing the presence or absence of a disease in a patient and/or in methods for the tre~tment of disease in a patient. As used herein, "bioactive agent" refers also to substances which are capable of exerting a biological effect in vitro and/or in vivo.
The bioactive agents may be neutral or positively or negatively charged. Examples of suitable bioactive agents include diagnostic agents, ph~rm~ellticals, drugs, synthetic organic molecules, proteins, peptides, vitamins, steroids and genetic material, including nucleosides, nucleotides and polynucleotides.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 "Diagnostic agent" refers to any agent which is used in cnnnecti~n with methods for diagnosing the presence or absence of a disease in a patient. Exemplary tli~gnnstic agents include, for eY~mple, contrast agents for use in connection with ultrasound, m~gn~tic resonance im~ging or colll~uled tomography of a patient.
"Genetic m~tPri~l" refers generally to nucleotides and polynucleotides, including deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonllr,leic acid (RNA). The genetic material may be made by ~ylllllclic ch~mic~l methodology known to one of c,l.lhl~.y skill in the art, or by the use of recombinant technology, or by a combination of the two. The DNA and RNA may optionally comprise ullll~lul~l nucleotides and may be single or double stranded. "Genetic m~t~ri~l" refers also to sense and anti-sense DNA
and RNA, that is, a nucleotide sequence which is cnmrlement~ry to a specific sequence of nucleotides in DNA and/or RNA.
"phz.. .~ rcuLical" or "drug" refers to any the.d~culic or prophylactic agent which is used in the tre~tment including the plcvclllion, diagnosis, alleviation, 15 or cure, of a malady, affliction, disease or injury in a patient. Thc,d~culically useful peptides, polypeptides and polynucleotides are included within the me~ning of the term ph~rm~relltir,~l or drug.
"Polymer", as used herein, refers to molecules formed from the chtomic~l union of two or more lc~Jc~ling units. Accordingly, included within the 20 term "polymer" are, for example, dimers, trimers and oligomers.
"Alirh~tic" refers to one of the major groups of organic compounds, char~cct~ri7~rl by straight- or branched-chain arrangement of the con~titl~nt carbon atoms. Aliphatic hydrocarbons c~mri~e three subgroups: (1) paldrruls~ including the ~lk~n~s; (2) olefins, inchlfling the ~lkene~, which contain carbon-carbon double bonds;
25 and (3) acetylenes, in~hl-1in~ the alkynes, which contain carbon-carbon triple bonds.
"Alkyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having l to about 30 carbon atoms. "Lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having l to about 8 carbon atoms. "Higher alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having about lO to about 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be optionally 30 snbstitllt~-l with one or more alkyl group substituents which may be the same or different, where "alkyl group :jub~Liluent" includes, for example, halo, aryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, carboxy alkoxycarbonyl, oxo and CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 cycloalkyl. There may be optionally inserted along the alkyl group one or more oxygen, sulphur or sùb~LiluLed nitrogen atoms, w~llc~eill the nitrogen ~lb~ nt is lower alkyl. The alkyl group may be linear or br~n~.h~(l "Branched" refers to analkyl group in which a lower alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, is ~tt~-h~Cl 5 to a linear alkyl chain. The alkyl group can include one or more points of unsaturation including, for example, carbon-carbon double bonds and carbon-carbon triple bonds. Exemplary alkyl groups in-~.hlcle, for example, methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pent~(lecyl and h~x~ cyl. Preferred alkyl groups include the lower alkyl 10 groups having 1 to about 4 carbon atoms and the higher alkyl groups having about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms. Fx~n pl~ry alkyl groups which contain alkyl group substituents include hydroxylated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups derived from glycerol, including, for example, 2,3-dihyd.oxy~,.u~-1-yl.
"Alkylene", when used in conjunction with the term "diradical", refers 15 to a bivalent ~lirh~tic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to about 30 carbon atoms.
When used in conjunction with the term "linking group", "alkylene" refers to a bi- or trivalent ~liph~tic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to about 30 carbons. The alkylene group may be straight, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group may be also optionally unsalu dlt;d and/or sllbstit~lte~l with one or more "alkyl group ~ul~20 There may be optionally inserted along the alkylene group one or more oxygen,sulphur or sllbstilllte~l or ...~ nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is alkyl as previously described. F.xempl~ry alkylene groups includemethylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-(CH2)3-), prop-1,2,3-triyl (-CH2-CH(-)-CH2-), cyclohexylene (-C6HIo-),-CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-, 25 -~C~n~CH2)m-, whc~ci~ n is an integer from about 1 to about 22 and m is an integer from 0 to about 22, -(CH2)n-N(R)-(CH2)m-, wherein each of m and n is independently an integer from 0 to about 30 and R is hydrogen or alkyl, methylenedioxy ~ (-O-CH2-O-) and ethylenedioxy (-O-(CH2)2-O-). It is ~crc~ d that the alkylene group has about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms.
The present invention is directed, in part, to stabilized compositions which are useful, for example, as cor.LI~l agents for diagnostic and/or therapeutic ulL.clsoulld. The compositions comprise, in combination with a gas and preferably in CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 an aqueous carrier, a flllorin~t~d ~mphirhilic compound. The flnc~rin~t~ mphirhilic compounds, which are described in detail below, impart highly desirable ~ ;.lies to the compositions of the present invention. For eY~mrle, it has been surprisingly and unexpectedly found that the fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds are capable of 5 stabilizing the present compositions, inrl~l-ling ~cr~lcd compoeitinn~ which c~mpri~e vesicles. It has been found also that the present fl~lorin~t~ ,hiphilic compounds are capable of promoting the formation of vesicles, as well as hll~lvvillg the stability of the formed vesicles. In embo~lim~nt~ in which the vesicles comprise gas-filled and/or gaseous plc~iul~or-filled vesicles, the fl~lorin~te-l ~...pl)il)hilic compounds 10 enable the vesicles to ~ub~L~.Lially retain the gas and/or gaseous plc~ ol with minim~l loss or leakage. This is surprising and unexpected and generally rendersmn~cç~ ry the use of additional stabilizing m~t.?ri~l~, including, for example, surfactants, and stabilizing techniques, in-hlflinp, for example, cros~linking of the materials in the walls of the vesicles. As ~ cllc~e~l above, such techniques are15 generally nece~ in connection with collLld~L agents of the prior art. Moreover, the present fluorinated ~...l~hil~l~ilic compounds are generally bioc~ mp~tible and can be obtained with ...i..;,..~l effort and at minim~l c;~cl~e. Accordingly, the present invention is directed to simple and efficient methods for providing stabilized compositions, including vesicular compositions, for use as ultrasound contrast agents.
A variety of fl~lorin~terl ~mphirhilic compounds can be employed in the present compositions. Pl~,r~ d fluorinated ~ -hil-l-iliC compounds are thosewhich, when combined with a gas, tend to form stabilized compositions and/or vesicles. Preferred also are fluorinated ~...l~hil~hilic compounds which are capable of stabilizing the vesicles, once formed.
In preferred embo-limente the fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds are based on ~mphirhilic compounds, including lipids, and especially phospholipids, which comprise a polar head group including, for example, a phosphorylated head group, such as a phosph~tidylcholine group, or a snlf~te(l head group, and at least one nonpolar aliphatic chain, such as a palmitoyl group. In such embo-1im~nt~, the fluorine atoms are preferably sll~stitnt~cl on the nonpolar aliphatic chain portions of the involved ~mphirhilic compounds. As noted above, among the preferred amphiphilic compounds are phosphorylated and/or sulfated lipid compounds. It is CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 collle,lll)lated that the term "phosphorylate", as used herein, enco..,~ ;es rhosph~t~
groups with various valences, including, for example, PO3 and P04 groups. Similarly, ~ it is contemrl~ted that the term "s llf~tt-~l", as used herein, encomp~es sulfate groups with various v~lenre~, inelll~ing, for example, SO3 and S04. It is colllcll,~lated that 5 in these ~lcrel~cd lipid compounds, the phosphate group andlor the sulfate group are preferably located within the backbone portions of the lipid compounds. Thus, generally spe~king, the phosphate and/or sulfate groups in the plcrcll~,d phosphorylated andlor slllf~t~d lipid compounds are desirably spaced from the end-portions of the compounds with, for example, alkyl groups, and as such, are referred 10 to herein as "int.-rn~l phl sph~te (and/or sulfate) groups". These ~lcrcll~d fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds can be cOllL d~led with prior art fluorinated compounds, including, for example, the class of compounds which are commercially available as ZONYL~ fluorosurf~ct~nt~ (DuPont Ch~mic~l Corp., Wilmington DE), including the ZONYLTU phosphate salts and the ZONYL~ sulfate salts, which have t~..,.l..~l 15 rhosph~te or sulfate groups. ReplcscllL~ es of these salts are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,276,146, wherein the ZONYL~ phosphate salt has the formula [F(CF2CF2)3 8CH2CH20]l 2P(O)(O-NH4+)2, and the ZONYLDI sulfate salt has the formula F(CF2CF2)3 8CH2CH2SCH2CH2N+ (CH3)3 -OSO2OCH3. In contrast to the ~lcfellcd phosphorylated and sl-lf~te~1 lipid compounds involved in the present 20 invention, the ZONYL~ phosph~t~ and sulfate salts, as depicted above, includephosphate and sulfate moieties in the t~rmin~l portions of the disclosed compounds.
In certain ~lcrcllcd embo~ .k~ ;, the fluorinated ~mrhiphilic compounds are polyfluorinated. As noted above, this means that the amphiphilic compounds are preferably ~ with at least two or more fluorine atoms. In 25 even more plcrcllcd embo~1iment~, the fluorinated ~mrhiphilic compounds are perfluorinated.
As noted above, plcr~ d ~mrhiphilic compounds on which the fluorinated ~mphirhiles are based, generally comprise at least one nonpolar aliphatic chain. In certain ~,lef~ ;d embo-limentc, the ~mrhirhilic compounds comprise, at30 most, one nonpolar aliphatic chain. Such compounds are referred to herein as "monoch~in compounds." In certain other preferred embor1imentc, the amphiphilic compounds comprise more than one, and preferably at least two or three, nonpolar CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 ~lirh~tic chains. Such compounds are referred to herein as "polychain compounds."
Whether monochain or polychain, it is prerGllGd that the fluorine atoms are s~lbsti1~1te~ on the chain portion(s) of the ~.,.pl.il~hilic compounds. The extent of the fluorination of the chain(s), and the location of the fluorine atoms on the chain(s), can 5 be selected, as desired, in the flllorin~te~ ~mrhirhilic compounds. For example, only a certain portion of the nonpolar chain group, such as the termin~l methyl group(CH3-) or an intt-rn~l methylene group (-CH2-), can be fluorin~teA with the remz-inA.~r of the nonpolar chain group being, for ex~mrle, lln~b~ ed ~lirh~tic, such as un~ liLulGd alkyl. AlLGlll~LivGly, it is collLGlll~lated that a sllbst~nti~l majority of the 10 nonpolar chain group can be fluorinated. The nonpolar chain group can includesubst~nti~lly equivalent portions which are fluorinated and nonfluorin~teA as ~let~rmin~A, for t-x~mrle7 by the number of carbon atoms in the fluorinated and nonfluorinated portions. In pLGrGllGd form, the nonpolar chain group contains both a nonfluorinated portion and a fl~lorin~tt-A portion.
With particular reference to polychain compounds, it is conlG...... ~lated that all of the chains can be fl~lo~ A or only certain of the chains can be fluorinated. In the latter case, the nonfl~lo.h~lGd chain(s) can be, for ~Y~mrle, m~..l.slil~e(l aliphatic, including unsubstituted alkyl. Such compounds are referred to herein as "asymmetric ~...l~h;l.hilic compounds", since both fluorinated and 20 nonfluorinated chains are present in the same molecule.
In cc,.llle~lion with the plGr~ ,d embo-liment~ of the present invention involving mono- and polychain ~mrhirhilic compounds, the nonpolar aliphatic chains can be referred to as having a ~roxilllal end portion and a distal end portion. The hllal end portion collG~ollds to that portion of the aliphatic chain which is 25 proximate the polar head group. Thus, in the case of phospholipids, including, for example, phosphatidylcholines, such as mono- and Air~llll;Lc~ylpllosphatidylcholines~
the ~loxil~lal end portions of the palmitoyl moieties correspond to the portions of the chains which are located near the carbonyloxy (-C(=O)-O-) groups and the glycerolphosphocholine moiety. Similarly, the distal end portions cc ll. ;,~o..d to the 30 portions of the chains which are located near the terrninal methyl groups of the alkyl chains of the palmitoyl moieties.
WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 In ~cÇ~.~cd embo~ , at least the distal end portion of the nonpolar chain(s) of the mono- and polychain ~...pl,;~ ilic compounds is fluorinated, with polyfluorinated distal ends being more p~c;r~ed. Even more preferably, the distal end portions of the nonpolar chains are perfluorin~tç-l Also in ~ciÇ~cd 5 embo-limPnt~, the ~ xhllal end portion of the nonpolar chain portion(s) are ~."~ h~ erl z~liph~tic, with ..,.~.~b~ cl alkyl being more ~.efe~ d. Thus, particularly ~.er~ d embo-lim~nt~ of the invention involve fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds in which one or more nonpolar aliphatic chains contain both a perfluorinated distal end portion and an ul~ul~sliLul~d proximal end portion.
In certain particularly p-er~.ed embo-lim~nt~, the fluorinated ...phil)hilic compound has the formula ~iRll,x [Rl--Xl]y-~IR2--Y R3 Z
[Xi Rl]Z
wherein:
each of x, y and z is indep~nrl~ntly O or l;
each X, is in-1~p~nrl~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, 15 -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S, Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(OR5)q~0~~ where q is 1 or 2, X3 is a direct bond or -0-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a ch~ricle residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3;
each Rl is indepçn~1~ntly aLkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 25 carbons;
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US~G~ 13 R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 S;
each of R4 and Rs is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons, and each R6 is intlepçntl~ntly hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hy~Lophilic polymer, provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, and when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are each 0.In the above formula (I), each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1. In certain plr r~ d embo~1iment~, two of x, y and z are each 0. In certain other ~-~f~lled embo~iment~, one of x, y and z is 0 or 1 and the other t~vo of x, y and z are each 1, with one of x, y and z being 0 and the other t~,vo of x, y and z being 1 being more plcr~ d. In certain other plere.l~id embo~liment~, each of x, y and z is 1.
Each Xl in formula (I) above is indep~n(1~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-.
Preferably, each X~ is indep~nr~ntly -O-, -S-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-,-C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-. More preferably, each Xl is independently -C(=X2)-O- or -O-C(=X2)-. Even more preferably, each Xl is -C(---X2)-O-.
In the above formula (I), each X2 is O or S. Preferably, each X2 is O.
In formula (I) above, Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(ORs)q~O~~ where q is 1 or 2. Preferably, Y is -XrM(=O)(ORs)q-O-M in the above d~finition of Y is P or S. Preferably, M is P.
X3 in the above definition of Y is a direct bond or -O-. Preferably, X3 is a direct bond.
In formula (I) above, Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a saccharide residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3. In l.lef~ d embo-liment~, Z is ~N(R6)r.
Each Rl in formula (I) is indep~-n~ -ntly alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, provided that at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons. Thus, when only one of x, y and z is 1, Rl is n~ocec~rily fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons. In certain preferred CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 embo~1imlont~, where one or none of x, y and z is 0, and preferably where one of x, y and z is 0 and the other two of x, y and z are each 1, at least one of Rl is alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and at least one of R, is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30carbons. In other ~ler~.~d embo~lim~nt~ each Rl is independently fluorinated alkyl S of 1 to about 30 carbons. When fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, Rl is preferably polyfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, with perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons being more ~l~r~ d. When perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, Rl is preferably CnF2n+l-(CH2)m-, where n is 1 to about 12 and m is 0 to about 18. In these latter embo~liment~, n is preferably about 2 to about 10 and m is preferably about 2 to about 14. More preferably, n is about 4 to about 8 and m is about 4 to about 10.
In formula (I) above, R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 carbons, provided that when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are each 0. Preferably, R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 4 C~bOllS. More preferably, R2 is an alkylene linking group of about 3 carbons.
Even more preferably, R2 is -CH2-CH(-)-CH2-.
R3 in formula (I) above is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons. Preferably, R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 4 carbons. More ~.ere dl~ly, R3 is an alkylene diradical of about 2 carbons.
Even more preferably, R3 is -CH2CH2-.
In formula (I) above, each of R4 and R5 is indeprn-lçntly hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons. Preferably, each of R4 and R5 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons. More preferably, each of R4 and R5 ishydrogen.
R6 in formula (I) above is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydrophilic polymer. Preferably, R6 is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons. More preferably, R6 is hydrogen or methyl, with methyl being even more ~f~lled.
In formula (I) above, it is intrn-lçd that when any symbol appears more than once in a particular formula or substituent, its mç~ning in each instance is independent of the other. This indeFt?n~lçnre of me~ning is subject to any of the stated provisos.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 Also in formula (I), it is intf~n~ 1 that when each of two or more .ent symbols is defined as being "a direct bond" to provide mnltiple, $~c~jzcPntdirect bonds, the multiple and ~ çPnt direct bonds devolve into a single direct bond As noted above, Z and R6 in the definition of Z in forrmll~ (I), can be, S inter alia, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer Fxempl~ry polymers from which Z
and/or R~ can be derived include polymers in which the r~e~Li,lg units contain one or more hy~ xy groups (polyhy~o~y polymers), inrhl-ling, for P~mple, poly(vinyl alcohol), polymers in which the ,~e~lh~g units contain one or more amino groups (polyamine polymers), including, for çx~mrle~ peptides, polypeptides, proteins and 10 lipc~ Leills, such as albumin and natural li~o~,Jlt;i,~, polymers in which the ~ e~Li"g units contain one or more carboxy groups (polycarboxy polymers), including, for ç r~mple, carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid and salts thereof, such as sodium and calcium ~l~in~te~ glycosaminoglycans and salts thereof, in~ 1ing salts of hyaluronic acid, phosphorylated and sulfonated derivatives of carbohydrates, genetic 15 material, such as interleukin-2 and hlL. .r~O~I, and phosphorothioate oligomers; and polymers in which the .~e~li..g units contain one or more ~crh~ride moieties (polysaccharide polymers), including, for e~mple, carbohyd,dles The molecular weight of the polymers from which Z and/or R6 are derived may vary, and is generally about 50 to about 5,000,000, with polymers having a molecular weight of 20 about 100 to about 50,000 being plc:r~ed. More pler~,ed polymers have a molecular weight of about 150 to about 10,000, with molecular weights of 200 to about 8,000 being even more ~ ,r~ d Pl~rt"ed polymers from which Z and/or R6 are derived include, for example, poly(ethyl~"e~ lycol) (PEG), poly(~/i..yl~.y-lolidine), polyoxomer~, 25 poly~o~baLe and poly(vinyl alcohol), with PEG polymers being particularly preferred P~fe~cd among the PEG polymers are PEG polymers having a molecular weight of from about 100 to about 10,000 More preferably, the PEG polymers have a molecular weight of from about 200 to about 8,000, with PEG 2,000, PEG 5,000 andPEG 8,000, which have molecular weights of 2,000, 5,000 and 8,000, respectively,30 being even more l..er~.-ed Other suitable hydrophilic polymers, in addition to those exemplified above, will be readily ap~alc;nt to one skilled in the art based on the present CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS9G~'~7~13 disclosure. Generally, polymers from which Z and/or R~ are derived include polymers that can be incol~u.dled in the fluorinated ~ )hil.hilic compounds via alkylation or acylation reactions.
As with the various polymers exemplified above, it is cùnl~ lated that ~ S the polymeric residues can contain functional groups in addition, for example, to those typically involved in linking the polymeric residues to the fluorinated ~"~î~hi~ hilic compounds. Such functi~n~liti~s include, for example, carboxyl, amine, hydroxy and thiol groups. These functional groups on the polymeric residues can be further reacted, if desired, with materials which are generally reactive with such 10 functional groups and which can assist in L~ g specific tissues in the body including, for e~mple, ~ e~e~l tissue. Exemplary materials which can be reacted with the additional functional groups include, for example, proteins, including antibodies, carbohydrates, peptides, glycopeptides, glycolipids, lectins and nucleosides.
In addition to residues of hydrophilic polymers, Z in formula (I) can also be a saccharide residue. Exemplary s~cch~ricles from which Z can be derivedinclude, for ~mple, monosaccharides or sugar alcohols, such as ery~rose, threose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, fructose, sorbitol, m~nnitol and sedoheptulose, with ~ler~..cd monl s~r(h~rid~c being fructose, m~nnose, xylose, arabinose, m~nnitol and 20 sorbitol, and ~ crh~ride~ such as lactose, sucrose, maltose and cellobiose. Other saccharides include, for example, inositol and ganglioside head groups.
Other suitable s~crh~ridrs, in addition to those exemplified above, will be readily a~ ;llL to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.Generally, s~rrh~rides from which Z is derived include saccharides that can be 25 incorporated in the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds via alkylation or acylation reactions.
A particularly l,.ert;..ed class of fluorinated amphiphilic compounds of the present invention, which are within the scope of the compound of forrnula (I), is r~.cst;l,l~d by the formula CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 Cn~2n+ 1--(CH2)m--C(O) ~
C~2~1--(cH2)m--C(O)O--OP(02)0-(CH2)~ N (CEO3 (II) wherem:
m is 0 to about 18, n is 1 to about 12, and w is 1 to about 8.
The integer m in formula (II) is 0 to about 18. Preferably, m is about 2 to about 14. More preferably, m is about 4 to about 10.
In formula (II) above, n is 1 to about 12. Preferably, n is about 2 to about 10, with about 4 to about 8 being more ~fellcd.
The integer w in formula (II) is 1 to about 8. Preferably, w is 1 to about 4. More preferably, w is about 2.
The fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds of the compositions of the present invention, in~ lin~ the compounds of formulas (I) and (II), can be prepared readily using standard organic synthetic methodology well known to those of ordil~dly skill in the art. Suitable methods for ~lc~dlhlg fluorinated ~...ph;l,hilic compounds 15 are disclosed, for example, in C. ~nt~ et al., New Journal of Chemistry, 15, 685 (1991), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference, in their enlilcLy. Exemplary of the available methods for ~ ~hlg fluorinated ~nnphiphiliccompounds are synthetic methods based on the phosphorylation of 1,2-di-(F-alkylacyl)-3-glycerol dclivdLives. These methods can be utilized in the plcl,~dlion of 20 perfluoroaLkyl phosphatidylcholines, and particularly perfluoroalkyl phosphatidylethanol~min~, and are disclosed, for example, in the aforementioned S~nt~ publication. Such methods involve linear phosphorylating agents, includingthe Hirt and Berchtold reagent (2-bromoethyldichlorop~osphate (BEDP)), which is readily available in large quantities. Hirt et al., Pharm. ~cta. Helv., 33, 349 (1958).
W O 96~9197 PCT~US96/07813 BEDP is highly reactive and can be used to phosphorylate st~ric~lly hindered disubstituted glycerols. Hansen et al., Lipids, 17, 453 (1982). The ammonium group can be introduced by reaction of an a~lop~;ate amine with the 1,2-diacylglycero-3-(2-bromoethyl)phosphate intermediate to give the desired phosphatidylethanolamine ~ 5 derivatives. This synthetic methodology is depicted in the following reaction scheme.
CnPm~(CH2)m--C(O)O H2, Pd/C, C~iF2~(cH2)m--C(O)O~
CnPm~(CH2)m--C(O)O~ CnP2n~(CH2)m--C(O)O--~I~ LCH2 ~ ~n~ -OH
1)B~H~OP(O)CI2,NE~3 2) H20 C~F2~(CH2)m--C(O)O-- 3) NMe3, A&C03 C~F2n~(CH2)m--C(O)O--- OP(Oi)O-(CH~2- N(CH3)3 (v) where m and n are as previously ~l~fine~l The 1,2-disubstituted-3-benzylglycerol derivatives of formula (III) are readily synth~ci7~-1 in high yields (85 to 90%) by acylation of l-benzylglycerol with the corresponding perfluoroalkanoyl h~ lçs Proc. Nafl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75, 4074 10 (1978). The benzyl protecting group can be removed by hydrogenolysis over a palladium on charcoal catalyst (Pd/C) in tetrahydrofuran (THF). Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 75, 4074 (1978). Short reaction times for the hydrogenolysis of the benzyl group are ~-efel.~d to avoid L~ e~le.;l~ication of the 1,2-diacylglycerol of formula (III) into the more thermodynamically stable 1,3-diacylglycerol isomer. The 15 hydrogenolysis reaction can be monitored by ordhl~ analytical techniques, including, for example, thin layer chlolllaLography (TLC) and proton (lH) nuclear m~gn~tic lesonallce (NMR). The reaction is generally complete in about one hour with little or no ~ ç~ cation. The hydrogenolysis reaction is preferably con~ ctecl in THF because both the starting material in the involved reaction (the 20 compound of formula (III)) and the product (the compound of formula (IV)) tend to be highly soluble in THF. In addition, THF is conveniently used as the solvent in the subsequent phosphQrylation step.
After hydrogenolysis, the catalyst (Pd/C) can be removed by filtration.
The 1,2-diacylglycerols of formula (IV) can be reacted immediately with BEDP and W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 an excess of triethylamine. Phosphorylation is typically completed in about 2 toabout 4 hours, as measured by TLC. The r~ phosphochloride bond can be hydrolysed in aqueous base and generally ~ uil.~s about 22 hours for completion.When min.or~l bases or salts are used for hydrolysis including, for example, Na2CO3, 5 KCl and EDTA sodium salt, the rhosph~te salts are highly insoluble in water or organic solvents. Fleiccher, Methods Enzymol. 98, 263 (1983). The b~
intermetli~te can be isolated as a stable and soluble hydrogenotriethylammonium salt if excess triethylamine is used. Acidification of the phosph~te salts to form the corresponding acid is difficult becduse the glycerol ester bonds are hydrolyzed at the 10 n~ce~ix~.~, pH (pH of 2 to 3). Product degradation occurs also during purification over silica gel. Accordingly, it is pl~r~lled to use the phosphate salt without further purification. Nucleophilic displ~c~m~nt of the bromide ion by a large excess of trimethylamine occurs in a solvent l~ LLILe of CHCl3/CH3CN at 45~C over a 12 hour period. The ~lixpl~ce~l bromide ion can be ~recipildled by the addition of silver 15 carbonate.
The c~nc~-ntr~tion of flllorin~ted ~ )hiphilic compound in the present compositions can vary and depends upon various factors, in~hl-ling, for example, the particular ~ ,h;l,hilic compound(s) which are employed in the compositions.
Toxicity is ~ner~lly of limited concern since the present fl~lcrin~tecl ~mrhirhilir 20 conl~oullds are :iu~s~ y bioco...l,~l;hle. See C. ~nt~ et al., New Journal ofChemistry, 15, 685 (1991). In general, the col-r~ .,,l;on of fluorinated ~mrhirhilic compound in the present compositions is from about 0.001 mg/mL to about 200 mg/mL, with a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to 20 mg/mL being pl.r~ d.
More p~c;r~.dbly, the concPntration of fluorinated ~mrhiphilic co",~ou"d is about 0.05 25 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, with a conc~"L-dLion of about 0.1 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL being even more ~lcr~ d.
The stabilized compositions of the present invention also comprise a gas, and preferably, an inert gas. The gases provide the compositions with enhanced reflectivity, particularly in vesicular composition in which the gas is entrapped within 30 the vesicles. This increases their effectiveness as co"L.~ agents.
P,ef~"ed gases are gases which are inere and which are biocompatible.
Preferable gases include those selected from the group concicting of air, noble gases, WO 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 such as helium, neon, argon and xenon, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, fluorine, oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, fluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and ~ Lules thereof.
Perfluorocarbons are ~,cfcll~d gases. Preferably, the perfluorocarbon is selected from the group c-ncictin~ of perfluornmeth~n~, perfluoroethane, perfluc.l~l~alle, ~ 5 perfluorobutane, perfluorocyclobutane and mi~Lu,~s thereof. More preferably, the perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group concictin~ of perfluolu~lu,u~e and perfluorobutane, with perfluoru~r~le being particularly plefcll~d. Another preferable gas is sulfur tetrafluoride.
It is collLelllplated that l~ LulcS of dirr~ L types of gases, including llli~Lules of a perfluorocarbon gas and another type of gas, such as air, can also be used in the compositions of the present invention. The gases ~1iccllcce-1 in Quay, Tntt?rn~tional Application WO 93/05819, including the high "Q" factor gases described therein, may be used also. The disclosures of Quay, T..~ ional Application WO
93/05819 are incol~oldLcd herein by ,erelG"ce in their ellLhcLy~ In addition, par~m~gn~tic gases and gases of isotopes, such as 17O, may be used. Other gases,including the gases exemplified above, would be readily ~pa,ellt to one skilled in the art based on the present ~lieslos~lre. The gases can be selected, as desired, to provide compositions which are suitable for use as cOllLlasL agents in ulLldsou,ld, as well as other ~ gnostic techniques, such as cull,~uLcd tomography (CT) and m~gn~tic reeon~nrc im~ging (MRI).
In certain prer~l~cd embo~1imlonte~ a gas, for example, air or a perfluorocarbon gas, is combined with a liquid ~clfluolocarbon, such as perfluorohloY~n~, p~orflnoroheptane, perfluorooctylbromide (PFOB), perfluoro~l~ç~lin, perfluorododec~lin, perfluorooctyliodide, perfluoiotLip.o~ylamine and ~,lfluoruLlibutylamine.
It may also be desirable to il~ol~ e in the stabilized compositions a e~;u~.,or to a gaseous sl-hst~nl~e. Such precursors include materials that are capable of being converted to a gas in vivo. Preferably, the gaseous precursor is biocompalible, and the gas produced in vivo is biocomp~tible also.
A variety of gaseous ~lCCUl.7ClS are available for use in the present compositions including, for example, substances which are sensitive to changes to pH.
These snhst~n~es include materials that are capable of evolving gas, for example, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 upon exposure to a pH that is sllhst~nti~lly neutral or acidic. F.~mplçs of such pH
sellsilive substances include salts of an acid s~lecte-l from the group concictin~ of inorganic acids, organic acids and llli2~Lulcs thereof. Carbonic acid (H2C03) is an mrle of a suitable inorganic acid, and ~minnm~ nic acid is an example of a S suitable organic acid. Other acids, in~ fling inorganic and organic acids, would be readily d~ ll to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
Preferably, the gaseous ~Ic;cul~or is a salt which is selected from the group concicting of an alkali metal salt, an ~mmonium salt and nli~Lulcs thereof.
More preferably, the salt is selected from the group c-)ncictin~ of c~lJoll-dt~,10 bicarbonate, sesquec~bu..d~ min~m~lon~t~ and llli~Lulcs thereof.
Exemplary of gaseous precursor m~tt-ri~lc for use in the compositionc of the present invention and which are salts include lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium bic~bolldL~, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bic~bolldLe, m~gn~cium c~ubolldl~;, calcium carbonate, m~gn~cillm bicarbonate, 15 ~mmnnium carbonate, ~mmonillm bic~hbolldl~, ammonium sesquecarbonate, sodium sesquec~l,olldLe, sodium aminomalonate and z~mmonium aminomz~l~n~te Aminom~lnn~t~ is well known in the art, and its ~ udLion is described, for example, in Th~n~cci, Biochemistry, Vol. 9, no. 3,pp. 525-532 (1970); Fit7I~trick et al., Inorganic Chemisfry, Vol. 13, no. 3 pp. 568-574 (1974), and Stelm~ch~k et al., Koordinatsionnaya Khimiya, Vol. 3, no. 4,pp. 524-527 (1977). The disclosures of these publications are hereby incol~uldLed herein by ler~.ence.
In addition to, or instead of, being s~l~iLivc to changes in pH, the gaseous precursor materials may also c-mrrice compounds which are sensitive to changes in temperature. Such telll~.dLule sensitive agents include, for example,m~teri~lc which have a boiling point of greater than about 37~C at atmospheric ples~ule. For example, perfluolu~ellL~le has a liquid/gas phase transition tenl~;ldLu (boiling point) of 29.5~C at ttmcsph~ric ~Jlei~ulc. This means that perfluoropentane will be a liquid at room ~em~ldL:lle (about 25~C), but will become a gas within the human body, the normal ttlllpcldLLllc of which is 37~C, which is above the transition t~lllpeldLIlre of perfluorupellL~e. Thus, under normal circ-lmct~nces, perfluoro~llt~le is a gaseous precursor. As a further example, there are the homologs of perfluolo~ e, namely perfluorobutane and perfluorohexane. The liquid/gas W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96107813 transition of perfluorobutane is 4~C and that of perfluor~-h~ne is 57~C. Thus, perfluorobutane is potentially useful as a gaseous plc.,ulsol, although more likely as a gas, wh~leas perfluorohexane would likely be useful as a gaseous precursor because of its relatively high boiling point.
S As discussed below, compositions co.. l;.;.. i~-g gaseous pl~ olS, such as perfluoropell~le and/or perfluor-)h~Y~n~, can be ~ d, for ç~mrle, by agitating in a suitable cont~in~r, such as a vial, an aqueous l~ Lule of a fluorinated z3mrhirhilic compound and a gaseous p.e~ or at standard telll~eldlule and pressure.
Under these conditions, the gaseous precursor would be in the form of a liquid.
10 Alternatively, compositions cn..~;1;.,;..~ gaseous pl~e~ ol~ can be pl'~ d at elevated t~ ;ldlule and ~tmospht~ric Pre~U1e in which case the gaseous plecul~ol can be vol~tili7~1 Thus, for example, when a composition of a fluorinated ~mrhirhile and perfluol~op~ e is ~ .~ed, for example, at a ten~eld~ule of about 35~C to about 40~C, the perfluol~l.cll~le is gaseous. The perfluolopt;ll~le would occupy the head 15 space of the collk~ in which the composition is ~le~ed.
In addition to elevated tt;lll~.,.d~ule, s...l)hil~hilic compositions CC~ g gaseous ~lC~ Ol:i can be ~l~a,ed at about room lelll~)~,.dlUIe but at a reduced ple~ e. As known to those of ordill~ skill in the art, the boiling point of various of the gaseous ple~ ols described herein, including the perfluorocarbons, 20 such as perfluol~o~ e and perfluoroh~n~ is lowered to about room lelll~.dlu.e or less under reduced pies~-l-e. Thus, gaseous ple~ ol~ can be hlcol~uldl~;d into the present s....ph;l.hilic compositions as a gas by ~ ~illg the compositions at a reduced plcs~ . The vol~tili7~1 gaseous p.~ or would then occupy the head space of the container in which the composition is prepared.
A wide variety of m~t~ri~l~ which are sensitive to changes in t~ .dLule can be used as gaseous precursors in the compositions of the present invention. Suitable gaseous precursors include, for example, hexafluoroacetone, isopropyl acetylene, allene, tetrafluoroallene, boron trifluoride, 1,2-butadiene, 2,3-bllt~ n.o, 1,3-butadiene, 1,2,3-trichloro-2-fluoro-1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, hexafluoro-1,3-butadiene, butadiyne, l-fluorobutane, 2-methylbutane, perfluorobutane, l-butene, 2-butene, 2-methyl-1-butene, 3-methyl-1-butene, perfluoro-l-butene, perfluoro-2-butene, 4-phenyl-3-butene-2-one, 2-methyl-1-butene-3-yne, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 butyl nitrate, l-butyne, 2-butyne, 2-chloro-1,1,1,4,4,4-hexafluorobutyne, 3-methyl-1-butyne, perfluoro-2-butyne, 2-bromo-butyraldehyde, c~lo.lyl sulfide, crotononitrile, cyclobutane, methyl-cyclobutane, octafluorocyclobutane, perfluorocyclobutene, 3-ch orocyclo~ lcne, perfluorocyclc,~c"l~,e, octafluorocyclo~enlt"e, cyclo~io~u,e, S perfluorocyclo~.u~alle, 1,2-dimethyl-cyclo~ol)a-le, 1,1-dimethylcyclop.u~ e, 1,2-di-methylcyclo~,u~ e, ethylcycloprù~le, methylcycloprù~le, diacetylene, 3-ethyl-3-methyl rli~7iritlinP, l,l,l-trifluorodiazoethane, dimethyl amine, hexafluorodimethyl-amine, dimethylethylamine, bis-~dimethylphosphine)amine, perfluorohex: nP, perfluoroheptane, perfluorooctane, 2,3-dimethyl-2-norbornane, perfluorodimethyl-10 amine, dimethyloxonium chl~ ride, 1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4-methyl-1,1,1,2-tetrafluoro-ethane, 1,1,1-trifluoroethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroeth~nP; 1,1,2-trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane, 1,1 -dichloroethane, 1,1 -dichloro- 1 ,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane,1 ,2-difluoroethane, 1 -chloro- 1,1 ,2~2~2-pe~ uoroethane, 2-chloro- 1,1 -difluoroethane, 1,1-dichloro-2-fluoroethane, 1-chloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane, 2-chloro-1,1-15 difluoroethane, chloroethane, chlor~e, ~ oroethane, dichloloL-;fluoroethane, fluoroethane, perfluoroethane, llillu~ n-lQroeth~nP~7 nitrosope..l~[luoroethane,perfluoroethylamine, ethyl vinyl ether, l,l-dichloroethane, l,l-dichloro-1,2-difluoroethane, 1,2-difluoroethane, methane, trifluorometh~npslllfonylchloride~
trifluoromP.th~n~slllro"ymuoride, bromodifluorûl il~usometh:~np~ bromofluoromP.thslne, 20 bromochlorofluoromPth~nP, bromotrifluor~ mPth~n~, chlorodifluorol,illul..ethane, chlorodh~ o~Pth~nP~ chlorofluoromethane, chlolollinuoromPth~n~7 chlorodifluoro-methane, dibromodifluor~mP~th~nP, dichlorodifluor )mP,thzmP dichlorofluor~ meth~nP, difluor-methzmP, difluoroiodompthzmp~ n~methane~ fluor~ mP,th~ne, iot10mP,thsm~7 iodotrifluoromPth~nP, ~uL-oL-ifluoromethane, nitrosotrifluoromPth~ne, tetrafluoro-25 mPth~n~, trichlorofluoromethane, trifluoromethane, 2-methylbutane, methyl ether, methyl iso~lu~yl ether, methyll~t~t~tP, melhylllil.ile~ methyl~nlfifle, methyl vinyl ether, neo~.~"l;."~, nitrous oxide, 1~2~3-non~dec~ne-tricarboxylic acid-2-hyd.cxyL~i...ethyl-ester, l-nonene-3-yne, 1,4-pentadiene, n-pentane, perfluoro~c--~le, 4-amino-4-l--clhyl~entan-2-one, l-pentene, 2-pentene (cis), 2-pentene (trans), 3-bromopent-1-ene, 30 ~ .nuù~u~ellt-l-ene, tetrachlorophthalic acid, 2,3,6-trimethylpiperidine, propane, 1,1,1,2,2,3-hexafluo.Oplu~ le~ 1,2-epoxypropane, 2,2-difluolOplu~ane~ 2-amino-WO 96/39197 PCTAUS9C~7~13 propane, 2-chloru~lu~ e~ heptafluoro-l-niL.u~lopalle, heptafluoro-l-nitrosc,~,lu~e, perfluoru~lo~le, propene, h~-Y~fll~olu~lupdlle, 1,1,1,2,3,3-hexafluoro-2,3-dichloro-propane, 1-chlol~ro~ e, chloro~luy~le-(trans), 2-chlolo~lu~le, 3-fluorc,~lùp~e, plo,uylle~ 3,3,3-trifluorù~,lo~ylle, 3-fluorostyrene, sulfur (di)--lec~flll-)ride (S2Flo), 5 2,4-~ minotoluene, trifluoro~cetonitrile7 trifluoromethyl peroxide, trifluoromethyl sulfide, tlln_.eten hexafluoride, vinyl acetylene and vinyl ether. FY~mples of gaseous ,Ul~iUl;:i are generally described, for ex~mrle, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,088,499 and 5,149,319, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their ellLil~,ly.
Perfluorocarbons are pler~ d g~seous ~lle~,Ul:iOl:j for use in the compositions of the present invention. Exemplary of perfluorocarbon gaseous ,Ule~;Ul:jOl~ are perfluorocarbons selected from the group coneietinp of perfluolopt;llL~le, perfluorohPY~n~, perfluoroheptane, perfluorooctane and perfluorononane. Preferably, the perfluorocarbon gaseous precursor is selected from 15 the group coneieting of perfluoro~cilll~le, perfluoroh~Y~ne and perfluorooctane, with perfluoropentane being particularly pl~er~ d.
The gaseous ple~ul~or m~t~ri~le may be also photoactivated materials, such as dia~ollium ion and ~minnm~lonate. As ~ieclleeed more fully hel~i~r~
certain stabilized compositions, and particularly vesicular compositions, may be20 form~ te-1 so that gas is formed at the target tissue or by the action of sound on the particle. Other gaseous precnrsor.s, in ~cl-liti~ n to those exemplified above, will be a~pa~c;llL to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
As noted above, certain ~l~;rt;.l.,d embo-limente of the present invention involve vesicular compositions. The si~ of the vesicles can be adjusted, if desired, 25 by a variety of procedures including, for example, micro~mllleification, vortexing, extrusion, filtration, sonic~tion~ homoge i~lion, repeated cycles of freezing and thawing, extrusion under ~ie~ through pores of defined size, and similar methods.
For intravascular use, the vesicles preferably have diameters of less than about 30 ~m, and more preferably, less than about 12 ~Lm. For targeted 30 intravascular use including, for example, binding to certain tissue, such as cancerous tissue, the vesicles can be significantly smaller, for example, less than 100 nm in metcr. For enteric or g~L-oi~ use, the vesicles can be significantly larger, W O 96/39197 PCTrU~GJ~/~13 for example, up to a millim(?ter in size. Preferably, the vesicles are sized to have diameters between about 20 ~Lm and 100 ~m.
Tabulated below is a listing of a series of gaseous precursors which undergo phase tr~n~iti-n~ from liquid to gas at relatively close to normal human body S temperature (37~C) or below. Also listed in the table are the sizes, in diameter, of emulsified droplets that would be required to form a vesicle of a ..li1x;lllllll, size of about lO ,um.
TABLE I
Physical Characl~l;.Aics of Gaseous I~e~ 2j and D ~ le~ of F.. l~;r-tl Droplet to Form a 10 ~m Vesicle Diameter (~m) of Pm~ ifiP~l droplet MolecularBoiling Point to make 10 micron Co~ uulld Weight (~C) Density vesicle perfluoro- 288.04 29.5 1.7326 2.9 pt;ll~ e 1- 76.11 32.5 6.7789 1.2 15fluorobutane 2-methyl- ~72.15 27.8 0.6201 2.6 butane (isopentane) 2-methyl-1- 70.13 31.2 0.6504 2.5 20butene 2-methyl-2- 70.13 38.6 0.6623 2.5 butene 1-butene-3- 66.10 34.0 0.6801 2.4 yne-2-methyl 253-methyl-1- 68.12 29.5 0.6660 2.5 butyne oct~ oro- 200.04 -5.8 1.48 2.8 cyclobutane ~e~ ~fl~oro- 238.04 -2 1.517 3.0 30butane hP~c~fllloro- 138.01 -78.1 1.607 2.7 ethane CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 *Source: Ch~m~ Rubber C~ ally Handbook of Chemistry and Physics Robert C.
Weast and David R. Lide, eds. CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida. (1989 - l99O).
The utility of the compo~itionc of the present invention can be op~ cl, for example, by using gases of limited solubility. T.imh~-l solubility, as 5 used herein, refers to the ability of the gas to diffuse, for example, out of vesicles by virtue of its solubility in the sullou,lding aqueous m~ m A greater solubility in the aqueous mto~ lm imposes a gradient with the gas in the vesicle such that the gas will have a tçntl~on~y to diffuse out of the vesicle. A lesser solubility in the aqueous m~r~ m will decrease the gra~ nt b~;Lwt:ell the vesicle and the int~ re such that the 10 diffusion of the gas out of the vesicle will be impe~1ç~1 Preferably, the gas e"Ll~ped in the vesicle has a solubility less than that of oxygen, namely, 1 part gas in 32 parts water. See Matheson Gas Data Book, Matheson Co~ ally, Inc. (1966). More preferably, the gas enLld~ed in the vesicle possesses a solubility in water less than that of air; and even more preferably, the gas e"L~ped in the vesicle poc~.~sses a solubility 15 in water less than that of nitrogen.
The gases and/or gaseous ~ ,Ul;!iOl~ are preferably incorporated in the stabilized collll,o~iLions of the present invention irrespective of the physical nature of the composition. Thus, it is contemplated that the gases and/or precursors thereto are incorporated in compositions in which the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds are ag~ lcgaled, for example, sllbst~nti~lly r~n~ mly, as well as compositions in which the fluoli"a~t:d amphirhilie co",l uul,ds form vesicles, in~ ing mi~çlles and liposomes.
Incc,~olalion of the gases and/or gaseous pl'e~;Ul:iOl:!i in the present compositions may be achieved by using any of a number of methods. For example, the formation of gas-filled vesicles can be achieved by .~h~king or otherwise ~git~ting an aqueous llli~t 25 which colll~lises a gas or gaseous ~lc~;ul~ol and the fluorinated ~mphirhili~coul~oullds~ This promotes the form~tion of stabilized vesicles within which the gas or gaseous ple-;ul~ol is enc~ tt--l In addition, a gas may be bubbled directly into an aqueous llli~lUle of the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds. ~lt~orn~tively, a gas in~till~tion method can be 30 used as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,352,435 and 5,228,446, the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by l~fele,lce in their entirety. Suitable methods for incorporating the gas or gaseous precursor in the present compositions are disclosed also in U.S. Patent No. 4,865,836, the disclosures of which are hereby incul~uldLcd herein by lcrclcnce. Other mPfhn~lc would be a~al~ to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
In pler~.lcd embo~1imP-ntc, the gases and/or gaseous ~lC~;Ul~or ~ lc 5 are incc,l~uldkd in vesir~ r compositions, with mirelles and liposomes being pl~er~,~lcd. As ~ e(l in detail below, vesicles in which a gas or gas ~lec~ul~or or bûth are el-c~ ted are advantageous in that they provide hll~lovcd reflectivity in vivo.
In certain embo-l;...~ , the stabilized compositions of the present 10 invention can further colll~lise one or more additional ~mrhirhilic materials. Due to the ~ )h;l.,.lhy of these additional alll~h;l.hilir m~tPri~lc, they are generally capable, in ~lefellcd form, of e..l1~l)ri.~g or otherwise illl~ Vill~ the stability of the present colll~o~ilions. It has been found that hlcol~uldling one or more additional amphiphilic materials is particularly advantageous in connection with compositions involving15 asymmPtric fluorinated amphiphilic colll~.~ullds. Particularly ~lcr~ ,d additional amphiphilic m~tPri~lc include compounds which are biocn~ a~ le and which are capable of promoting the formation of vesicles, and Pspeci~lly stabilized vesicles, in the present stabilized compositions.
In certain ~lcfellcd embo~ , the additional amphirhilir- materials 20 colll~lise a lipid compound. Suitable lipids include, for example, phospholipids, such as phnsph~ti-1ylcholine with both ~ rd and ~ ed fatty acids, inrhl~ling dioleoylphosphatidylcholine, diulyli~l~yl~hosphatidylcholine, ~lir~h~ oyl~hosphatidyl-choline and di~Lal~yl~hosphatidylrllnlinP; rhnsph~tillylethanol~minPs, such as ~iirz~h~iloyll~hnsph~ti~lylethanolamine~ dioleoylrhncph~ti~;ylethanolamine~ N-succinyl-25 dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine and 1-hPx~d~Pcyl-2-palmitoylgly-;cluphosphoethanol-amine; phosphatidylserine; phosphatidylglycerol; sphingolipids; glycolipids, such as ganglioside GMl; glucolipids; s~llf~ti-le~ glycosphingolipids; phosphatidic acids, such as ~lir~lmitQlylphosph~ti-lic acid; p~lmitic acid; stearic acid; ar~rhi~lonic acid; oleic acid; lipids bearing polymers, such as polyethyleneglycol or polyvinylpyrrolidone;
30 cholesterol and cholesterol hPmi~l~ccinate; 12-(((7'-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)-carbonyl)methylamino)oct~-lec~nnic acid; N-tl2-(((7'-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)-carbonyl)methylamino)oct~lec~noyl]-2-aminop~lmitir acid; cholesteryl-(4'-trimethyl-CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 amino)b~ ..n~r; 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycerol; 1,2--1ir~lmitoyl-sn-3-succinylglycerol; 1,3-ir~lmitoyl-2-succinylglycerol; and palmitoylhomo-;y~ltille.
Suitable additional amphirhilir m~t~ri~l~ include also lipid compounds used to make mixed micelle systems, such as laulyLlilllethylammonium bromide; cetyl-S trimethyl~mm-)nil-m bromide; lllylisLylLlillletheylammonium bromide; alkyl-l;...~ll.yl-benzylammonium chloride (where alkyl is, for example, Cl2, Cl4 or Cls);
benzyl-lim~thyldodecyl~mmonillm bromide/chloride; benzyl~lim~thylh~Y~ cyl-~llllWlli~llll bromide/chloride; benzyl~limr!l-yll~Lladecylammonium bromide/chloride;
cetyldilllcLllylethylammonium bromide/chloride; and c~Lyl~yl;~linillm bromide/
1 0 chloride.
Suitable additional amphiphilic m~t~ri~l~ for use in the present compositions include also lipid compounds carrying a net charge, for example, anionic and/or cationic lipids. Exemplary cationic lipids include, for example, N-tl-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride) (DOTMA), dioleoyloxy-3-15 (trimethylammonium)~l~alle) (DOTPA) and 1,2,-dioleoyloxy-e-(4'-Llhll~Lllyl-ammonium)butanoyl-sn-glycerol .
In ~ ition to, or instead of, the lipid c ~ )ollllds described above, the additional amphirhilir m~trri~l~ may comprise aliphatic carboxylic acids, for example, fatty acids. Preferred fatty acids include those which contain about 5 to about 22 20 carbon atoms in the ~lirh~tir group. The ~lirh~tir group can be either linear or branched. Exemplary saLul~Led fatty acids include, for example, (iso)lauric, (iso)lllyli~Lic, (iSo)F~lmitir and (iso)stearic acids. Exemplary u~aLulàL~d fatty acids include, for example, lauroleic, phy~c;L~lic, lllyli~Loleic, palmitoleic, petroselinic, and oleic acid. Suitable fatty acids include also, for example, fatty acids in which the 25 ~lirh~tir group is an isupl~l-oid or prenyl group.
The present compositions can also colll~lise, if desired, one or more neutral or positively or ne~alively charged m~trri~l~. Exemplary neutral materials include, for example, oils, such as peanut oil, canola oil, olive oil, safflower oil and corn oil; lecithin; sphingomyelin; cholesterol and derivatives thereof; squalene;
30 terpenes and terpenoid compounds; triglycerides; gums, such as x~nth~n, tr~g~r~nth, locust bean, guar and carrageenan gums; methoxylated pectin; starch; agarose;
cellulose and semi-~yllLh~LiC cellulose, for example, methyl cellulose, hyd~o~yt:Lllyl -W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 cellulose, mPthnxy cellulose and hydlu~yL)lo~yl cellulose; nonionic lual~ials, inrlllfling, for example, polyu~-yclllylene fatty acid esters, polyu~ydllylene fatty alcohols, polyu~Lycl~lylene fatty alcohol ethers, polyoxyethylated sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycerol polyethylene glycol O~y..Lcalalc, glycerol polyethylene glycol S ricinoleate, ethoxylated sc~ylJcd-~ sterols, ethoxylated castor oil, poly~ yelhylene-polyo~y~lu~ylene polymers and polyoxyethylene fatty acid ~r~ rs; acacia; agar;
bell~ol ilcs, including purified be~Q~ c; m~gm~; carbomer 934P; dextrin; gelatin; di-and trihydlo~y su~ ilulcd aLkanes and their polymers, inrlnrling polyvinylalcohol;
mono-, di- and triglycerides; amino alcohols; mon- c~c ch~ri.1Pc or sugar alcohols, such 10 as elylluuse, threose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, fructose, sorbitol, ...A....ilol and sedoheptulose, with pier.,~l~,d monoc~cch~ri-lPc being fructose, m~nn~sP, xylose, arabinose, .."...~ ol and sorbitol; and ~1ic~rh,~ Ps~ such as lactose, sucrose, m~ltose and cellobiose.
Suitable positively charged m~tPri~lc include culll~uullds co~ ;..;..g, for 15 example, plo~ dled or ~ y amino groups, including polymers in which the lc~eatill~, units contain one or more amino groups, such as peptides, polypeptides, plotcills and li~u~lolculs, such as albumin and natural li~rolciuls. Exemplary positively charged m~teri~lc include, for example, chitin; alkanol~minPs, such as monoethanolamine, rlieth~nolamine and triPth~nnlamine, and llli~lulcs thereof, including, for example, trolamine; polylysine; poly~gil c; polyethylelleilllille;
chitos~n; and peptides, inrlll-1in~ mPl~nin c~...re~ o. holululle and dynorphin.Suitable llegdlivcly charged m~tPri~lc are cullll.oullds CO..~;1;..i.~g, for example, carboxy (CO2-) groups, including poly~;~bu~y polymers. Exemplary negatively cl~cd m~tPri~lc include, for c.~ lc, carboxymethylrelllllose; salts of alginic acid, such as sodium and c~lrillm ~lgin~te; salts of glycos,....;.~-glycans, inrl~ ing salts of hyaluronic acid; phosphorylated and sulfonated delivdlives of carboliy-lldLcs; genetic material, such as intPrlellkin-2 and iul~lf~lvu; phosphorothioate oligomers; and negatively charged peptides, such as deltorphin. In addition, carbolly-lldLes bearing polymers may be used in the present compositions. Carbohydrate bearing lipids are described, for 30 example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,310,505, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by l~felcllce herein, in their entirey.
W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 In certain ci~ res, it may be desirable to i~lcol~ulate one or more charged species into the present ~mphirhilic compositions. It is believed that such charged species can contribute to the stability of the present amphiphilir- compositions.
Examples of suitable charged species include, for example, cations, such as metal ions, S or anions. Exemplary cations include, for example, calcium, ...~-g;~i-rse, m~gnPeillm, copper, gadolinium or dysprosium cations, or any other cation which is c-.~.p~lihle for use in connrction with ph~. ",~ lir~l applications. Suitable anions include, forexample, sulphur, peroxides or superoxides. The anionic species may be cl~rl~t.o~l with chelating agents, for example, ethylenrrli,....;..~ r~l;r acid (EDTA) and 10 diethyl~ --i--fyc--lh~r~lir acid (DTPA).
Other materials which can be incorporated in the present compositions and which are contemplated as being capable of u~ ovillg the stability of the compositions include polymeric m~teri~lc. Exemplary of such polymeric materials include, for example, the polymers from which Z and/or R6 in formula (I) are derived, 15 as ~lieclle~e~d hclcull~cr~lG.
It may be desirable to include in the amphiphilic compositions of the present invention anti-bactericidal agents and/or pl'~Cl valiveS. Examples of these . . .~te, ;~le include, for example, sodium bel.~o~ y ~mmonillm salts, sodium azide, me~yl paraben, propyl paraben, sorbic acid, ascoll,yl, p~lmit~t~, butylated 20 hydlu~y~:iole, butylated hydroxytoluene, chlorobutanol, dehydluacetic acid, ethyler~ , monothioglycerol, pot~eeillm ben~o~f~, pot~eeillm metabisulfite,pot~e~ m sorbate, sodium bisulfite, sulphur dioxide and organic mc~-;uliâl salts.
Other ~ litir,n~l materials which can be hlcol~ld~ed in the present compo~eiti~ne would be ~alcll~ to one skilled in the art based on the present 25 disclosure. Preferably, the ~ tion~l materials are selecte~l to opLillli~c certain desirable ~ pcllies of the compositions, inrll--ling serum stability and plasma half-life.
This can be achieved without undue c~cl;...~nt~tion, based on the present disclosure.
The collcellL.àlion of the additional materials in the present compositions can vary and depends, for example, upon the particular fluorinated amphiphilir 30 colllpùullds which are employed. In plerell~d embo~lim~ntc, the c~llcenL~dtion of additional materials is from about 0.01 mg/mT~ to about 200 mg/mT . More preferably, the conren~tion of additional materials is from about 0.05 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~J~,GI~7~13 with co.~rc~ ns of about 15 mg/mT~ to about 2.5 mg/mL being even more - pl.,rtllcd.
In certain plcfellcd embo-iimlo-nt~ of the invention, the stabilized compositions comprise a vesir~ r composition. The ve~ir~ r cc.ll.~o~ilions may 5 col..~lise mirçl1~s and/or liposomes. A wide variety of methods are available for the plc~alalion of vç~irlll~r compositions, including, for example, .~h~king, drying, gas-in~t~ tion, spray drying, and the like. Suitable mlqth~ for pie~ing the ve~iclll~r compositions are described, for example, in U.S. applir~ti~ n Serial No. 307,305, filed September 16, 1994, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by lcçclc~ce.
In ~lcrcllcd embo~1im~ont~, fluorinated ~mphirhilir col.~ ds are used in the plcpalalion of the present compositions, inrlnlling vecirlll~r compositions, w_ich are in the gel state at physiological l~ cl, ~ . As known to one of oldil~y skill in the art, the main phase transition Iclll~clalulc (Tc) of nonfluorinated a,ll~ hilir compounds, such as lipids, including, for example, phosphatidylcholines, is based 15 gen~r~lly on the length of the carbon chains which are linked to the glycerol moiety.
Exemplary lcp~s~ livc lipids and their phase transition ~lll~clalulcS are set forth in the following table.
TABLE II
Salul~led Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholines:
Main Chain Meltin~ Transition Temp~.d~u~cs Number of Carbons in Main Phase Acyl Chains Tr~n~iti- n Tclll~clalulc (~C) ,2-(12:0) -1.0 1,2-(13:0) 13.7 251,2-(14:0) 23.5 1,2-(15:0) 34.5 1,2-(16:0) 41.4 CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 TABLE II
Saturated Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phospho- holin-~c-Main Chain M~l~in~ Transition T~~ alul~s Number of Carbons in Main Phase Acyl Chains Transition Te~u~.dLur~ (~C) 1,2-(17:0) 48.2 1,2-(18:0) 55.1 1,2-(19:0) 61.8 1,2-(20:0) 64.5 1,2-(21:0) 71.1 1,2-(22:0) 74.0 1,2-(23:0) 79.5 1,2-(24:0) 80.1 See, for example, Derek Marsh, CRC Handbook of Lipid Bilayers, p. 139 (CRC Press, lO Boca Raton, FL 1990).
With respect to the fluorinated amphiphiles involved in the present invention, it is believed that the number of carbon atoms which are fluorinated has a greater effect on Tc, as ~osed to the length of the chain(s), generally. In general, the greater the number of carbons fluorinated in one or more of the chains, the higher ~ 15 the Tc~ Main chain transition L~ c~aLules of the compound of formula (V), which is the product in the fo-~goillg reaction scheme and which is depicted below, are set forth W O 96~9197 PCT~US96/07813 in the following table.
C~;~+l--(CH2)m--C(O)O--CnF2~l--(CEI2)m--C(O)O--OP(02)0-(CH2)2--N (cE~3)3 TABLE m Perflou~ aled Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphoel~r~
Main Chain Melting Transition Te~dLules Main Phase Transition Tc~ claLulc S Compound (V) m n (~C) (A) 4 4 a~
~) 4 6 a~
(C) 4 8 69.3 ~) lO 4 18.6 0 ~) lO 6 56.4 ~) lO 8 > 95 An ~cteri~lr (*) means that no transition was ~let~cte~l between tPmper~ res of 4~C and 95~C.
With particular lcrcl~,lce to the plcpalation of micelle compositions, the 15 following ~liccllccion is provided. Micelles may be prepared using any one of a variety of conventional mirell~r ~lc~alatOly mlotho~c which will be ~e..L to those skilled in the art. T_ese methods typically involve suspension of the fluorinated amphiphilir cc,.l.poul.d and additional amphiphilic compound, as desired, in an organic solvent, evaporation of the solvent, resllcpencion in an aqueous m~o~lillm, sonication and 20 ce~L.irugation. The foregoing methods, as well as others, are ~liccucce(l for example, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 in ~nfiPI~l et al., Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 189, pp. 418422 (1990); El-Gorab et al, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, Vol. 306, pp. 58-66 (1973); Colloidal Surfactant, ~ Shinoda, K., N~k~g~n~, T~l.. , .. --~il.i and Isejura, ~r~ omir. Press, NY (1963) (especially "The Formation of Micelles", Shinoda, Chapter 1, pp. 1-88); Catalysis in S Micellar and Macromolecular Systems, Fendler and Fendler, ~r~flrrnir Press, NY(1975). The disclosures of each of the folcgoillg publications are incorporated by crclcllce herein, in their elllilcLy.
The vesic~ r culllposiLion may also culllylise liposomes. In any given liposome, the involved ~llyh;l~hilin compound(s), including fluorinated and 10 nonfluorinated amphiphilic collly~ulld~ may be in the form of a monolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayers may be used to form one or more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono- or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally collccllLlic. Thus, the amphiphilic compounds may be used to form lmil~m.oll~r liposomes (colllylised of one mr)nnl~yer or bilayer), oligol~mPll~r liposomes 15 (cclllplised of two or three monolayers or bilayers) or mnltil~mPll~r liposomes (comprised of more than three monolayers or bilayers).
A wide variety of m~thn-lc are available in connection with the ~le~dldLion of liposome compositions. Accoldingly, the liposomes may be ylc~alcdusing any one of a variety of conventional liposomal yrcy~toly terhniqll~os which will 20 be aypar~ to those skilled in the art. These techniques include solvent dialysis, French press, extrusion (with or without freeze-thaw), reverse phase evaporation, microeTmll~ifir~tir~n and simple freeze-thawing. The liposomes may also be plcydlcd by various processes which involve ~h~king or ~/ollcx~illg. This may be achieved, for example, by the use of a mrch~nir.~l ~h~king device, such as a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent 25 Dental, Lyons, IL). Conventional micrormlll~ifir~tion e(luiylllcllL~ such as a Microflni~1i7sr~ (Microfluidics, Woburn, MA) may be used also.
Additional mPthnti~ for the ylcpdldLion of liposome compositions include, for example, sonir~ti-)nJ chelate dialysis, homogcl.i~Lion, solvent infusion, ~y.llL;~leous formation, solvent vaporization, controlled dclcigcllL dialysis, and others, 30 each involving the preparation of liposomes in various fashions. Methods which involve freeze-thaw techniques are ylcfell~d in connection with the ylcpaldLion of liposomes. Suitable freeze-thaw techniques are described, for example, in copending CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 U.S. application Serial N o. 07/838,504, filed February 19, 1992, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by leçe.cllce in their ellLi~ly. E~lc~ on of the liposomes may be carried out in a solution, such as an aqueous saline solution, aqueous phosphate buffer solution, or sterile water.
As noted above, the size of the vesicles, inrhlAing liposomes, can be adjusted, if desired, by a variety of t~chniqnes, inr~ ing extrusion, filtr~tion, sonication and homo~ n In addition, the size of the liposomes can be adjusted by the introduction of a l~min~r stream of a core of liquid into an immiscible sheath of liquid. Other methods for adju~ the size of the liposomes and for mor~ ting the 10 reslllt~nt liposomal biodi~LlibuLion and cl~,re of the liposomes would be ~ alcllL to one skilled in the art based on the present ~ clc)sllre. Preferably, the size of the liposomes is adjusted by extrusion under prei,~uic through pores of a ~l.ofinl-~ size.
Although liposomes employed in the subject invention may be of any one of a variety of sizes, the liposomes are preferably small, that is, less than about 100 ..~....".
(nm) in outside ~ m~ter.
Many of the r~,l~Oillg liposomal pr~ o. y t.orhniql~es, as well as others, are ~ .s~ , for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,728,578; U.K. Patent Application GB 2193095 A; U.S. Patent N o. 4,728,575; U.S. Patent N o. 4,737,323;
T.~ nal Application Serial N o. P C T/U S85/01161; Mayer et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol. 858, pp. 161-168 (1986); Hope et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol. 812, pp.55-65 (1985); U.S. Patent No. 4,533,254; Mayhew et al., Method~ in En2ymology, V ol. 149, pp.64-77 (1987); Mayhew et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol 755, pp. 169-74 (1984); Cheng et al, Investigative Rcu1iology, V ol. 22, pp. 47-55 (1987); Tl.lr. .~ n~l Application Serial No. P C T/U S89/05040;
U.S. Patent No. 4,162,282; U.S. Patent No. 4,310,505; U.S. Patent N o. 4,921,706;
and Liposome Technology, G~cgc,liadis, G., ed., Vol. I, pp. 29-31,51-67 and 79-108 (CRC Press Inc., Boca Raton, FL 1984), the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated by ~crelcllce herein, in their clllilcly.
Although any of a number of varying t~ hniq~-es can be used, it is contemplated that the vecit~ r compositions of the present invention are preferably ~cpalcd using a .ch~king technique. Preferably, the ~h~king technique involves agitation with a m~rh~ni~ h~king ap~alaLus, such as a Wig-L-BugTY (Crescent CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 Dental, Lyons, IL), such as those disclosed in copending U.S. application Serial No.
160,232, filed November 30, 1993, the ~licclQs ~reS of which are hereby inco,~oldLcd herein by ,cre,cll~e in their ellLileLy.
In certain embo-l;...k..l~ of the present invention, the colll~os;~i- nc S further colll~,ise a bioactive agent. These compositions are lcr~,~led to herein as "amphiphilir f~ tionc", and can be used for the thcld~cuLic delivery in vivo of - bioactive agents. Preferably, the amphiphilir form~ tions co~ ,ise vesirlll~r formlll~tions. In veciclll~r formulations, circulation and delivery of the vesicles to the targeted tissue can be observed via a non-invasive procedure. In conn~octi- n with gas-lO filled or gaseous precursor-filled vesicles, the applir~tinn of high energy ultrasound, radio frequency, optical energy, for example, laser light, and/or heat, to produce areas of lly~cl~ , can be used, if desired, to rupture the vesicles in vivo and thereby promote release of the e~lLl~ed gas and/or gaseous precursor and bioactive agent.
Thus, veciclll~r formlll~tions permit the controlled release of a bioactive agent in vivo.
As those skilled in the art will recognize, any of the present stabilized compositions and/or formlll~ti~mc may be lyophili7r~1 for storage, and lcc~ l, for example, with an aqueous m~1illm (such as sterile water or phosph~t~ burr~,,ed solution, or aqueous saline solution), with the aid of vigorous ~git~tion To ~)lCVClll ag~l--li--i lion or fusion of the fluorinated ~mphirhilir compounds and/or ~lr1itinn~l 20 amp_ip_ilic compounds as a result of lyophili7~tion, it may be useful to include additives which pl~vcllL such fusion or ~g~ll.li..~lion from occ~...;..g. Additives which may be useful include sorbitol, ...~....ilol, sodium chloride, glucose, tre_alose, polyvillyl~yll.lidone and poly(ethylene glycol), for example, PEG 400. These andother additives are described in the literature, such as in the U.S. Pl.~....~copeia, USP
25 X~I, NF XVII, The United States Ph~rm~ropeia, The National Formulary, United States ph~rm~ropeial Convention Inc., 12601 Twinbrook Pdlh~ay, Rockville, MD
20852, t_e disclosures of w_ich are hereby incorporated herein by rercrcl~ce in their entirety. Lyophilized ~lep~alions generally have the advantage of greater shelf life.
In the case of veciclll~r compositions, inrltltling mirell~oc and liposomes, 30 it is colllellll,lated that the bioactive agent is preferably ellLI~ped within a void of the vesicles. In certain cases, the bioactive agent can be incorporated also into the membrane walls of the vesicle. In the case of amphiphilic compositions in which the WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 ~mphirhilir c(jlllpuullds are subst~nti~lly agg,cgalcd randomly, or ~ub~li~..li~lly not ag~,c~ ~It;d, it is contemplated that the bioactive agent is generally di~ ed homogeneously throughout the cù",~osiLion.
The bioactive agent which is hlcc~l~ulalcd in the present compositi-)n~ is S preferably a sl-bst~nre which is capable of exerting a t~a~culiC biological effect in vitro and/or in vivo. rl~ rr~.lir~l.e, drugs and genetic m~t~ri~l are examples of suitable bioactive agents. Examples of genetic m~t~ri~l~ include, for example, genes carried on e~,cssion vectors, such as plasmids, ph~g~mill~, cosmids, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs) and dere~livc- or "helper" viruses; anti-sense and sense 10 oligonucleotides; phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides; antigene nucleic acids; and single and double str~n~led RNA and DNA, including DNA which encodes at least a portion of a gene, for e~mple, DNA w_ich encodes for human leukocyte antigen (HLA), dystrophin, cystic fibrosis tran.cm~...hla"e l~,ct:~lol (CFTR), inf~rlel-kin-2 (IL-2), tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and granulocyte-",acrophage colony stim~ ting factor 15 (GMCSF). The DNA can also encode certain ~Lolt:ills which may be used in the tre~tmPnt of various types of pathologies or conditions, inrlll-ling those which are associated with the loss or dclt:,iulalion of immnnP c~...pcl~re. Such pathologies or con-liti~ n~ involving ill~ P co~ C~ re include, for example, acquired immnnP
deficiency ~y~dlu~e (AIDS), cancer, chronic viral infections, and ~uloi.. ~ disease.
Specifically, DNA may be sel~octecl w_ich c~lc~es adenosine ~le.. i.. ~e (ADA) for the ll~.~t..~..l of ADA ~erir;~ y; growth hormone for the l~ ..l of growth deficiency or to aid in the healing of tissues; insulin for the trP~tmPnt of hetrs; luL~il~iulg hormone rclP~ei~-~ hormone (LHRH) antagonist as a birth control agent; LHRH for the tre~tmpnt of ~lus~lt; or breast cancer; tumor necrosis factor 25 and/or int~rlrllkin-2 for the llc~ ll of advanced c~n~rs; high-density lipoprol~;iu, (HDL) lcCc:~lol for the L~ of liver disease; thymidine k~nase for the tre~tm~ t of ovarian cancer, brain tumors, or human immnnodeficiency virus (HIV) infection;
HLA-B7 for the treatment of m~ n~nt m.ol~nnm~; IL-2 for the L,c~t...-.~l of neurobl~tom~, m~lign~nt melanoma or kidney cancer; interleukin~ (IL~) for the 30 tre~tm~nt ûf cancer; HIV env for the L~ t---f---l of HIV infection; antisense ras/pS3 for the Llc~ of lung cancer; and Factor VIII for the tre~tmPnt of Hemophilia B. Such CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTAJS~G~'~7&13 therapies are described, for example, in Science, Vol. 258, pp. 744-746 (1992), the disclosure of which is incc,l~oldlcd herein by l,fclcllce in its ellLil~y.
In certain embo.l;...~ ;, it is desirable to incc,l~uldLe in the amphiphilic compositions mdLclials which colll~liOe, for example, a polymer, such as an alginic S acid polymer, that is covalently linked to a bioactive agent. An çx~mr)le of such a m~teri~l is n~lirlixic acid ~lgin~t~q in which a polymer (alginic acid) is covalently linked to a bioactive "~ l (n"li~lixir acid). Such materials are desirable in that it is believed they are capable of illl~JlUVill~3, and/or elllldllcillg the stability of the amphiphilir compositions, as well as providing a source of bioactive agent. It is 10 contemplated also that after ~ L~dLion, the materials are hydrolyzed in vivo, to bioactive agent (n~lirlixit~ acid) and polymer (alginic acid).
As with the stabilized ~ll~hi~hilic compositions, a wide variety of techniques also exist for the pl~d~dLion of stabilized ~mphiI~hilir formulations. For example, the formulations may be plc~dlcd from a llli~Lulc of ~mphirhilir compounds, 15 bioactive agent and gas or gaseuus precursor. In this case, stabilized compositions are pr~dlcd as described above in the ~l~,sellce of a bioactive agent. Thus, for example, micelles and liposomes can be plc~dled in the ~l~,se.lce of a bioactive agent. The c~llation can involve, for example, bubbling a gas dilccLly into an aqueous llli~lUlC
of the fluolilla~ed amphirhilir colllpuullds and additional ~ll~hil~hilir m,ltrri~l~, as 20 desired, and bioactive agent. ~llr-ll,livcly, the ~mphirhilir compositions may be ~lcfolllled from fluorinated amphip_ilic cc~l~uullds and gas or gaseous precursor. In tbe latter case, the bioaclivc agent is then added to the ~mphirhilir colll~osilion prior to use. For example, an aqueous ll~i~lul~, of liposomes and gas may be plc~aled to which the bioactive agent is added and which is ~gif"t~fl to provide the liposome formulation.
25 The liposome formulation is readily isolated also in that the gas- and/or bioactive agent-filled liposome vesicles generally float to the top of the aqueous solution. Excess bioactive agent can be recovered from the rem~ining aqueous solution.
The present amphiphilic compositions and/or formulations are suitable for diagnostic and/or therapeutic applications. In the case of diagnostic applications, 30 such as ultrasound, the amphiphilic compositions, which may further comprise a gaseous ~l~,culOOl, are ~1mini~tered to a patient. Energy, preferably in the form of ultrasonic energy, is applied to at least a portion of the patient to image a region, which may include targeted tissue. A visible image of an infrrn~l region of the patient is then obtained, such that the p.~ se,.ce or ~hspnre of ~ ç~ tissue can be ascertained.
Ultrasonic im~gin~ teehni~ s, inr.lll~ling second h~rmonir. im~in~, are S well known in the art, and are described, for example, in Uhl~n-lorf, "Physics of Ulllasuul~d Contrast Tm~ging: .~c~lle~ in the Linear Range", IEEE Transactions on Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics, and Frequency Control, Vol. 14(1), pp. 70-79 (1994) and .Cnth~o.rl~ntl, et al., " Color Doppler Myocardial Tm~ging: A New Technique for t-h-e ~e~m~nt of Myocardial Function", Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography, Vol. 7(5), pp. 441-458 (1994), the rli~c.losnres of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their ell~ ly.
With respect to th~_~apculic applications, the present ~mphirhilir formnl~tiQns can be used in either in vitro or in vivo appli~ .c. In the case of in vitro applications, including cell culture applications, the amphirhilir f~rmnl~ti~ns can 15 be added to the cells in cultures and then inr.~lb~trcl If desired, where li~osollles are employed, energy, such as sonic energy, may be applied to the culture media to burst the liposollles and release any Ih..L,~l~c--lir. agents.
With respect to in vivo applir~ti~mc~ the f )rm~ tinn~ of the present invention can be ~.h..;..i~ -cd to a patient in a variety of forms adapted to the chosen 20 route of ~fl...;..;.~i~aLion, inrln-ling, for example, pdlcll~ àl, oral, or hllLa~tlilollcâl.
rdicl~ dl ~ ;x~ on~ which is ~lcfell~d, inr.hl-:les ~ -dlion by the following routes: hlLIavclluus; i"~ r; ;..I~ lly; intra-arterially; sl~hL;~ .uu:~;
intraocular; intrasynovial; L~dlls~;lh~ l, inrln-ling tr~n~lerm~l; pulmonary viainh~l~tion; ophth~lmir.; sublingual and buccal; topically, inrln-ling ophth~lmir; ~e-rm~l;
25 ocular; rectal; and nasal inh~l~tinn via in~lffl~tion. Illlldv~l~us ~h~ dlion is ~fe~l~d among the routes of ~alc;ll~lal ~h..;,.;!i~.dlion.
After ve.cic -l~r forml~l~tiQns which cc,lll~lise a gas and bioactive agent and, optionally, a ~ dse.~us ~ ;ul~ol, have been ~ d to a patient, energ,v, preferably in the form of ultrasonic energy, can be applied to the target tissue to 30 identify the location of the vesicles. The applied energ,v may also be employed to effect release of the bioactive agent and to facilitate cellular uptake of the bioactive agent. As one skilled in the art would recognize, based on the present disclosure, this CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96~7813 mf th~ rl of mP~ ting cellular uptake of bioactive agents with ultrasonic energy is preferably effected with tissues whose acoustic window pc,~ the ~ ion of ultrasonic energy. This is the case for most tissues in the body, inrln-ling, for example, muscle and organ tissues, such as the heart and liver, as well as most other 5 vital ~l~u~;Lu-~:s. With respect to brain tissue, it may be ~f'.Cf'~ y to create a "surgical window" by removing part of the skull, in~cmllrh as ullldsollic energy generally does not llal~lllil through bone. Illllavas~;ular and/or endoll-rnin~l ulllasuulld tr~nc~lllcers may be used to apply the ultrasound energy to selected tissues and/or sites in the body, for example, the aorta and the esophagus.
Fluorinated ~mphirhilic ft~rmnl~tions can be formnl~tf d to be sllffirif ntly stable in the v~cc -l~t--re such that they circulate throughout the body and provide blood pool equilibration. As one skilled in the art would recognize, based on the present disclosure, the formnl~tions~ inr~ ling those which colll~lise ~u~e~ions, em--lcic)ns and/or vesicles, such as liposomes and micelles, may be coated with certain materials 15 to ~ o uptake by the reticuloendothelial system. Suitable co~tingc include, for example, g~ngliosi(les and glycolipids w_ich bind c~rrh,.. ;-le moieties, such as glu~;ulullalt:, g~ ollale~ gululul~ , poly(ethylene glycol), poly(propylene glycol), polyvhlyl~yllolidone, poly(vinyl alcohol), dextran, starch, pho~hc,lylated and sulrol~td mono-, di-, tri-, oligo- and poly~àccllalides and albumin. Provided that the 20 circulation half-life of the formnl~tions is of a snmri~ont period of time, they will generally pass through the target tissue while passing through the body. In the case of form~ tions which colll~-ise a bioactive agent, energy, for example, sonic energy, may be focused on the tissue to be treated, for example, ~licf~cf~cl tissue. The bioactive agent will then be ~~lcased locally in the target tissue. The illVt;lllOl~i have found also 25 that antibodies, carbol-yd-al~;s, peptides, glyco~t~lides, glycolipids and lectins also assist in the ~ ~li~ of tissue. Accordingly, these m~tf ri~l~ may be incorporated into the fluorinated ~ .l.;philir f~rmnl~tions also.
DirÇf;.cll~ levels of energy are generally associated with diagnostic and thf ~ ir ultrasound. For example, the levels of energy associaL~d with diagnostic 30 UlLIasOulld are generally in~nffirient to cause rupture of vesicles and/or to facilitate release and cellular uptake of the bioactive agents. Moreover, ~i~gnnstir ultrasound involves the application of one or more pulses of sound. Pauses between pulses CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 ~""il~ the reflrctr~l sonic signals to be received and analyzed. The limited number of pulses used in ~1iAgnnsti~ ultrasound limits the effective energy which is delivered to the tissue that is being s~ d On the other hand, higher energy ultrasound, for example, nltrAcol~ntl S which is gelle,d~ed by Illcld~t;u~ic ultrasound eql~ipm~ont, is genrrAlly capable of ~
rupture of the vesicles. In ge~rAl, thc.d~cu~ic ultrasound mArhin~s use from about 10 to about 100% duty cycles, depending on the area of tissue to be treated with the ulL~souLd. Areas of the body which are generally çh~ c(~ l by larger amounts of muscle mass, for example, backs and thighs, as well as highly vA~c -l~ri7~o~1 tissues, 10 such as heart tissue, may require a larger duty cycle, for example, up to about 100%.
In ~ e~ r ultrasound, continuous wave ultrasound is used to deliver higher energy levels. For the rupture of vesicles, continuous wave ultrasound isprcfc,,cd, although the sound energy may be pulsed also. If pulsed sound energy is used, the sound will gen~rAlly be pulsed in echo train lengths of about 8 to about 20 or 15 more pulses at a time. Preferably, the echo train lengths are about 20 pulses at a time.
In addition, the frequency of the sound used may vary from about 0.25 to about 100 m.-g~hrrtz (~IHz). In general, frequency for Ih~ ~dl~ ultrasound ranges between about 0.75 and about 3 MHz are ~lcrcllcd with about 1 and about 2 MHz being morep~crcLlcd. In addition, energy levels may vary from about 0.5 Watt (W) per square 20 centimrt~r (cm2) to about 5.0 W/cm2, with energy levels of about 0.5 to about 2.5 W/cm2 being ~lcre~,d. Energy levels for theld~cu~ic ultrasound involving hy~ iA are genrrAlly from about S W/cm2 to about 50 W/cm2. For very small vesicles, for example, vesicles having a t~ -lrl of less than about 0.5 micron, higher frequencies of sound are generally ~lcrcllcd. This is becduse smaller vesicles are 25 capable of abso,l,i"g sonic energy more erÇc~lively at higher frequencies of sound.
When very high frequencies are used, for example, greater than about 10 MHz, thesonic energy will generally p~ fluids and tissues to a limited depth only. Thus, e~ctern~l application of the sonic energy may be suitable for skin and other superficial tissues. However, for deep ~Lluc~ulcS it is generally nPcessAry to focus the ultrasonic 30 energy so that it is p,cre,c~-lially directed within a focal zone. ~ltlornAtively, the ultrasonic energy may be applied via illLc,~LiLial probes, intravascular ultrasound c~thrters or endoluminal c~thrter.c. Such probes or r~th~ters may be used, for W O 96~9197 PCTrUS96/07813 example, in the esophagus for the ~ nosi~ and/or tr~tm~nt of esophageal cal.;illollla.
In ~d~lition to the theld~c.l~ic uses ~iig~ ed above, the present compo~iti- n~ can be employed in co.-.-P~-~ion with esophageal ca,-;i lullla or in the corollaly arteries for the tre~tm~nt of alllclosclerosis~ as well as the th~ ldl.e~l;r uses ~lescrihe<l, for example, in S U.S. Patent No. 5,149,319, the disclosures of which are hereby illcw~o~dted herein by .erc-c.lce in their ell~ile~y.
The useful dosage to be ~ ed and the particular mode of d~ion will vary depending upon such factors as the age, weight and the particular animal and region thereof to be treated, the particular amphiphilic compound 10 or cc,lll~uullds used, the plcsellce or absence of a bioactive agent, the ~ gnnstir or thc.d~cu~ic use coll~elllplated, and the form of the involved compositions, for example, micelle or liposome, as will be readily a~cll~ to those skilled in the art. Typically, dosage is ~ lcd at lower levels and illc-eased until the desirable therapeutic effect is achieved. The amount of ~mrhirhilir co.ll~oulld that is ~-lmi.~ lcd can vary lS and generally depends upon the amount of particular fluorinated ~mrhirhili~ compound and ~Mition~l amphirhilir- material, as desired, ~ cd.
The present invention is further described in the following examples.
Examples 1, 2 and 4 to 7 describe the ~lcp,..~inn of vesir~ r colll~o~iLions within the scope of the present invention. Example 1 also describes an evaluation of the ~JlC:~:iUl'~, 20 stability of a veciclll~r composition within the scope of the present invention and a composition ~ dlcd from a nonflllorin~trtl ~llpl~i~hilic compound. F.Y~mrle 3 describes the freeze-fracture analysis of ve~ir7ll~r compositions within the scope of the present invention. All of the examples are pn~hclic examples. These examples arefor ill~ ive purposes only, and are not to be construed as limiting the appended25 claims.
EXAMPLES
In the following examples, lcrelcllce to the compounds of formulas (V)(A), (V)(E) and (V)(F) are to the coll~ ollding compounds set forth in Table m above. In addition, "DPPC" in Example 1 refers to rlir~lmitoylphosphatidylcholine.
W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 F,Y~rnp'~ 1 The cun~uu.ld of formula (V)(A) will be ~ ~cd using the procedures described hereinbefore. The cc~ uulld will be suspended, at a co~cel.lldLion of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:propylene glycol (8:1:1 wlwlw). The reslllting S mixture (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial. The head space in the vial will be replaced with p~rfl-lo~,~a.le gas and the vial will be sealed. The vial will be shaken for 5 ...;....lrs at 4,200 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) .ch~king al~pdlalus to provide perfluo,ù~u~ e gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) having a mean ~ m~ter of about 3 ,um. The gas-filled vesicles will be 10 stable for several weeks at room Lclll~cldlulc. This will be repeated except that the compound of formula (V)(A) is replaced with DPPC. The ~,cs~u,c stability of the veciclll~r composition Cûlll~ illg the fluorinated ~mrhirhile of formula (V)(A) and the composition cont~ining DPPC will be col,l~alcd in an acuu~Lic laboratory. The colll~o~ilions will be exposed to elevated pleS:!iUlC (300 mm Hg), and the loss in 15 ~ ion and b~r~ l between the compositions will be cOlll~ d. The vesi~ r composition colll~lish~g the flnorin~te(l ~mrhirhilir compound of formula (V)(A) will exhibit hll~lc,ved ~ UlC stability.
nr'F 2 The compound of formula (V)(F) will be ~lc~ucd as descrihed above.
20 A vesirlll~r composition COlll~ illg this cc,lll~uu~d will then be ~l~a~cd using the procedure described in Example 1 except that the collcclllldlion of the saline:glycerol:propylene glycol ~u~cnsion will be 1.25 mg/mL and the head space of the vial will be replaced with perfluurul~uL~le gas. The resllltin~ perfluorobutane gas-filled ve~irlll~r composition will exhibit improved ~lu~c~ies,in~ ing ~lC~UlC
25 stability.
~rnrl~ 3 Freeze-fracture electron miclusco~y (FFEM), using standard techniques, will be ~clrolllled on the vesicular compositions within the scope of the present invention and which were ~lc~aled in Examples 1 and 2. FFEM will show that the CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 gas-filled vesicles of the present invention possess smooth walls having a thirl~-n~c.c of about a single bilayer.
Example 4 The compound of formula (V)(E) will be plc~alcd using the procedures 5 described above. A l~ Lul~ of the compound of formula (V)(E) (10 mg/mL) in normal saline with trehalose (20 mg/mL) and poloxamer F68 (polyoxyethylene-polyoxy~lo~ylene glycol block copolymer) (25 mg/mL) will be heated to 60~C and passed through a Microfl~ i7er (Mircofluidics Corp., Newton, MA) 20 times at 16,000 pSi. The reslllting veci~ r composition will be lyophili_ed and the head space 10 of the container in which the culll~o~ilion is stored will be in~tille-l gradually with nitrogen gas and reeqnilihrated to ambient ~)lCS:!iUlC over a period of 48 hours. The resllltin~ vesiclll~r composition will colll~lise gas (nitrogen) filled vesicles (liposomes) having a mean .li,..l.rl~ l of 200 nm. The vesicles can be stored dry until use, as desired, and can be rehydrated with sterile water and shaken prior to injection.
Example 5 The compound of formula (V)(E) will be ~lcpalcd as described above and suspended, at a cullce~ ion of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:
propylene glycol (8:1:1 wlwlw). The resnlting ll~ u~e (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial at 35~C. The head space in the vial will be replaced with perfluorvpcu~le gas and the vial will be sealed. The vial will be shaken for S minlltes at 4,200 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) ~h~king a~ alus while the l~lll~la~ul~ of the vial is ".~;"~ at 35~C. Perfluolv~ ~le gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) will be obtained.
FY~nple 6 Example 5 will be repeated except that the perfluoropentane gas is replaced with a ll~ul~ of perfluoiope~ gas and nitrogen gas (1:1 v/v). Cooling the reslllting liposomes to below 30~C may result in the condensation of the perfluolupell~le gas. However, the con~len~e~l perfluolupe~ ne will exist as a nanodroplet within the vesicles and can be vol~tili7~d by W~llPillg to provide the gas-W O 96/39197 PCTrUS9G1~7~13 filled vesicles. This W~ llillg can be caused by alLirlcial means ~c vivo or by the body IC111~C1~U1C of a patient after ~ iQn of the v~ r composition.
Example 7 The colll~lulld of formula (V)(F) will be pl~,~arcd as described above 5 and snspçn~ at a co.~ liQn of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:propylene glycol (7:1.5:1.5 wlwlw). The rçsll1ting llli~Lulc (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial at 60~C. The head space in the vial will be replaced with perfluol.)h~-x 1i~~ gas at 60~C. The vial will be sealed and shaken for 5 ...i....~s at 4,400 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-BuglU (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) ~h~king 10 a~aldLus while the Lelll~cl~lulc of the vial is ...~ ;.i..Pd at 60~C. Perfluoroh~ n~-gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) will be obtained.
The disclosures of each patent, patent application and publication cited or described in this docllm~-nt are hereby incc,l~ol~-lcd by lcrclcllce, in their enLilcLy.
Various mf~flifir~tions of the invention, in addition to those described 15 herein, will be a~ lL to those skilled in the art from the foregoing descli~Lion.
Such mo~ tiQns are also intf nflf d to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
AMPHIPHILES AS CONTRAST AGENTS FOR ULTRASOUND
Field of the Il-v_..tic The present invention relates to novel compositions for ulLLdsoulld.
S More particularly, the present invention relates to novel compo~itif n~ of fluol..l~l~d ~mphirhi1ic colllpc,ul.ds for use as cr~ntr~et agents for ulL-dsoulld.
Back~round of the T v~ n UlL.dsou,ld is a valuable ~ nostic im~ging technique for studying various areas of the body including, for r~ .lc the v~cnl~tllre~ such as tissue 10 microv~cc11l~tl1re. Ultrasound provides certain advantages relative to other rli~gn~stic techniques. For example, ~ gnostic techniques involving nuclear m.or1icinr and X-rays generally results in ~A~.)O~ , of the patient to ionizing electron radiation. Such radiation can cause ~l~m~ge to subcell~ r m~t.Qri~l, inr.lnfling deoxyribnnllrleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA) and proteins. UlLla3ound does not involve such lS potentially ~l~m~ging r~ tion In ~1rlition, ulL-asou-ld is relatively i~ ive as coll.pa.~d, for example, to co.ll~ul~d tomography (CT) and m~gn.q.tic l~so~ r-e im~ging (MRI), which require elaborate and cA~"~l,si~e eq11irm~ nt Ultrasound involves the ~AI_IO~ of a patient to sound waves.
~ Generally, the sound waves ~ ir~te due to absorption by body tissue, penetrate 20 through the tissue or reflect off of the tissue. The reflection of sound waves off of tissue, generally referred to as b~L ec~ . . or reflectivity, forms the basis for developing an ultrasound image. In this connection, sound waves reflect differentially from different body tissues. This di~e.~ ial reflection is due to various factors, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 including, for example, the cn.~ nt~ and the density of the particular tissue being observed. The dirrt;.~;l,Lally reflected waves are ~ietecte~1 typically with a trzm~ Pr that can detect sound waves having a frequency of one m~g~h~rtz (MHz) to ten MHz.
The ~-tectecl waves can be h~Leg.dl~d, ~ 1 and co~ve,l~;d into an image of the 5 tissue being st ~
UlllasOul~d im~ging techniques typically involve the use of contrast agents. Contrast agents are used to hll~lov~ the quality and usefulness of images which are obtained via ultrasound. Exemplary c(~ dsl agents include, for example, suspensions of solid particles, ~mlll~ifi~l liquid droplets, and gas-filled bubbles. See, e.g, E~ilm~nn et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,466,442, and published Tnt~?m~ti~)nal Patent Applications WO 92/17212 and WO 92/21382.
The quality of images produced from ultrasound has hll~ov~d significantly. Nevertheless, further h~ rovement is n~e-lefl patticularly with respect to images involving v~c~ tllre in tissues that are perfused with a vascular blood 15 supply. Accordingly, there is a need for h~lplov~d ultrasound techniques, inrl~l-iing improved co~ d~l agents, which are capable of providing m.~ lly useful images ofthe vasculature and vascular-related organs.
The reflection of sound from a liquid-gas interface is extremely efficient. Accordingly, bubbles, in~ hllling gas-filled bubbles, are useful as contrast 20 agents. The term "bubbles", as used herein, refers to vesicles which are generally ch~,..~ 1 by the presence of one or more membranes or walls surrounding an intlqm~l void that is filled with a gas or a ~lecL~ ol thereto. Exemplary bubbles include, for ~Y;.",ple, liposomes, micelles and the like. As ~ cllcse~l more fully hereinarl~, the erre~liveness of bubbles as col,l.~wl agents ~ep~on-l~ upon various 25 factors, including, for .oY~mple, the size, elasticity and/or stability of the bubble.
With respect to the effect of bubble size, the signal that is reflected off of a bubble is a filn~tion of the radius (r6) of the bubble (Rayleigh Scatterer). Thus, a bubble having a fii~m~ter of 4 rnicrometer (~m) possesses about 64 times the scattering ability of a bubble having a diameter of 2 ~m. Thus, generally spe~king, 30 the larger the bubble, the greater the reflected signal.
However, bubble size is limited by the ~ meter of capillaries through which the bubbles must pass. Contrast agents which comprise bubbles having a CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 met~r of greater than 10 ,um are generally dangerous since mic,ove,sels may be occluded. Accordingly, it is desired that greater than about 99% of the bubbles in a colllldsl agent have a ~ m~ter of less than 10 ~Lm. Mean bubble diameter is important also, and should be greater than 1 ,um, with greater than 2 ~Lm being S plef~ d. The volume weighted mean diameter of the bubbles should be about 7 to 10 ~m.
Bubble elasticity is also important because highly elastic bubbles can deform, as necessary, to "squeeze" through c~pill~ries. This decreases the likelihood of occlusion. In ~ liti~n, rescn~nce is more easily in~ ce-l in bubbles having 10 enh~n~e-l elasticity. This can be advantageous in that rPson~ting bubbles typically generate sound emissions at frequencies in the sllbh~rmcIlic regime (based on multiples of 0.5) or in the supra- or ultr~h~rmonic regime (based on multiples of 2).
The supraharmonic regime, inchltling second h~rm( nic im~gin~, is desirable in ultrasound since background noise is ~,ulr.,~ lly elimin~teA Elastic bubbles can15 t_el~role be used to produce desirable second h~rmonic images.
The effectiveness of a contrast agent involving bubbles is also dependent on the bubble concentration. Generally, the higher the bubble concentration, the greater the reflectivity of the contrast agent.
Another important characteristic which is related to the effectiveness of 20 bubbles as contrast agents is bubble stability. As used herein, particularly with reference to gas-filled bubbles, "bubble stability" refers to the ability of bubbles to retain gas el~L,d~ped therein after exposure to a ~ie~,~,u,c; greater than atmospheric 7'7111e. To be ~rr~ ivt as collLld~,L agents, bubbles generally need to retain an amount of the c;llLlal)ped gas in vivo. It is also highly desirable that, after release of 25 the ~ ''7:~iUle~ the bubbles return to their original size. This is referred to generally as "bubble resilience."
Bubbles which lack desirable stability provide poor contrast agents. If, for example, bubbles release the gas e,.L,d~ped therein in vivo, reflectivity is~limini~hP~l Similarly, the size of bubbles which possess poor resilience will be 30 decreased in vivo, also reslllting in tlimini~h~l reflectivity.
The stability of bubbles disclosed in the prior art is generally inadequate for use as contrast agents. For example, the prior art discloses bubbles, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 including gas-filled liposomes, which comprise lipoidal walls or membranes. See,- e.g, Ryan et al., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,900,540 and 4,544,545, Tickner et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,276,885, Klaveness et al., WO 93/13809 and Schn~ er et al., EPO 0 554 213 and WO 91/15244. The stability ofthe bubbles ~ closecl inthese references ispoorS in that as the solutions in which the bubbles are suspended become ~lihlte~l, for example, in vivo, the walls or membranes of the bubbles are thinn~-1 This results in a greater lik~lihood of rupture of the bubbles.
Various ~lL~"~ have been made to improve bubble stability. Such ~lLe",~l~ have included, for example, the ~ lion of bubbles in which the 10 membranes or walls thereof are a~ lllly stren~h~n~?~l via cro~linking See, e.g, Giddey etal., U.S. PatentNo. 5,310,540 andKlaveness etal., WO 92/17212, in which there are disclosed bubbles which comprise proteins cro~link~cl with cro~linking agents.
Prior art techniques for stabilizing bubbles, including the use of 15 cro~linke~l mAt~riAl~, suffer from various drawbacks. For example, the cros~link~
mAteriAl~ described, for example, in Giddey et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,310,540 and Klaveness et al., WO 92/17212, lack bioc-....l.A~;bility or possess unknown metabolic fates. Added costs are also incurred with the use of additional mAtl~riAl~ and process steps n~ce~sAry for cro~linking In addition, cro~linking can impart rigidity to the 20 membranes or walls of the bubbles. This results in bubbles having reduced elasticity and, therefore, a decreased ability to deform and pass Llll~)u~ll capillaries. Thus, there is a greater likelihood of occlusion of vessels with prior art collL-~l agents that are stabilized via cro~linking Accol.ih~gly, new and/or better stabilized contr~t agents and methods 25 for providing same are n~e(le-1 The present invention is directed to this, as well as other, important ends.
Summarv of the Invention The present invention is directed, in part, to stabilized compositions of a gas and a sulfonated or phosphorylated fluorinated Amphirhi1ic compound.
30 Specifically, in one aspect, the present invention relates to a stabilized composition CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula ~i Rll~C
[Rl--Xl]y--~z--Y--R3--Z
[Xi Rllz wherein~
each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1;
each Xl is indep~n~l~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, S -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S;
Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(ORs)q~O~~ where q is 1 or 2;
X3 is a direct bond or -O-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a sqc~hqride residue or~T(R6)r, ~ here r is 2 o}3;
each R1 is independently alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 1 5 carbons;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons;
each of R4 and R5 is indep~.n-lently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons; and each R6 is indep~-n~ntly hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydlol)hilic polyrner;
provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and when R2 is a direct bond, at least two of x, y and z are 0. In certain embo-liment~, the composition may further comprise, as desired, a gaseous ~ 25 plciCul~Ol. Also, if desired, the composition may further comprise a bioactive agent.
Another aspect of the invention relates to compositions comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 CnP2n+l--(CH2)m C(O)~
CnF2n+l--(CH2)m--C(O)O--OP(O2)O-(CH2)~ N (CH3)3 wherem:
m is 0 to about 18;
n is 1 to about 12; and w is 1 to about 8.
Yet another aspect of the invention relates to a method for the .~dlion of a stabilized con.~o:jiLion of a flllorin~t~d ~mphirhilic compound and a gas. The m~tho-1 compri~çs ~git~ting an aqueous llli~lUle of a flnorin~tçcl ~mphirhilic compound in the presence of a gas.
Still another aspect of the invention relates to a method of providing an image of an int~rn~l region of a patient. The method c~-mpri.~çs ~lmini~tçrin~ to the patient a contrast me~ m comprising a stabilized composition comprising a gas and a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound. The method further comprises sc~nnin~ the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of the region.
Another aspect of the invention relates also to a method of providing an image of an int~rn~l region of a patient. This method colll~lises ~1minictçring to the patient a vesicular composition cnmpri~ing, in an aqueous carrier, vesicles comprising a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound and a gas or gaseous precursor. The method also involves sc~nning the patient using ultrasound to obtain a visible image of any ç:~e~l tissue in the patient.
Yet another aspect of the invention relates to a method for diagnosing the presence of ~ e~cefl tissue in a patient. The method involves ~tlmini~ttoring to the patient a contrast medium comprising a stabili~d composition comprising a gas and a CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 fluorinated ~ ,hil)hilic compound. The method further involves sc~nning the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of any ~lice~ce~l tissue in the patient.
Still another aspect of the invention relates to a method for the therapeutic delivery in vivo of a bioactive agent. The method compricec S ~lmini.ctering to a patient a therapeutically t;rL-;liv~ amount of a form~ tion which comprises, in combination with a bioactive agent, a stabilized composition of a fluorinated ~mphirhilic compound and a gas.
These and other aspects of the invention will become more a~ e.lt from the present specification and claims.
10 Detailed De~ n of the Invention As employed above and throughout the disclosure, the following terms, unless other~-vise indicated, shall be understood to have the following m~ning.c"~mphirhile" or "~mphirhilic compound" refers to a synthetic or naturally-occurring compound having a water-soluble, hycllo~hilic portion and a 15 water-insoluble, hydlol)hobic portion. Pl~L.led il...l,hil-hilic compounds are characterized by a polar head group, for example, a phosphatidylcholine group, and one or more nonpolar, aliphatic chains, for example, palmitoyl groups. "Fluorinated ~..,l,hiphile" refers to an ~mphirhilic compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the a ll~h~llilic compound is replaced with a fluorine atom. In p,~L,l~id form, the 20 fluorinated ~...l,hil)hiliC compounds are polyfluorinated. "Polyfl~lorin~t~cl", as used herein, refers to ~mphirhilic compounds which contain two or more fluorine atoms.
In certain preferred embo~liment~ of the present invention, the ~...l~h;l.l~ilic compounds comprise a lipid. "Lipid", as used herein, refers to m~t~ri~l~, including fats and fat-derived m~t~ri~lc, which are relatively insoluble in water but relatively soluble in 25 organic solvents, such as b~n7~ne, chloroform, acetone and ether. Lipids include, for example, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, neutral fats, phosphatides (phospholipids), glycolipids, fatty alcohols, sterols, waxes, terpenes and steroids. As discussed in detail below, certain plef~ ed lipid compounds are phosphorylated and contain phosphate groups, for example, P04 groups, and certain other p,efelied lipid 30 compounds are slllf~ted and contain sulfate groups, for exarnple, S04 groups.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 "Amrl~ hy" refers to the ~imlllt~n~ous attraction and repulsion in a single molecule or ion co..~ P one or more groups having an affinity for the phase or medium in which they are dissolved, emul~ified and/or suspended, together with one or more groups that tend to be expelled from the involved phase or me~ lm S "Stabilized" refers to colllpo~iLions which have been f~rmlll~te(l as a i~lule of finely divided colloidal particles floating in a liquid with minimsll aggregation. As discussed in detail below, certain ~ler~ d emborlim~nt~ of the present invention involve compositions of stabilized vesicles. In this context, the term "stabilized" refers to vesicles which are subst~nti~lly resistant to degradation that is caused, for exarnple, by the loss of structural or compositional integrity in the walls of the vesicles and/or by the loss of any ~i nific~nt portion of a gas or gaseous precursor enr~pslll~t~d within the vesicle.
"~mrhirhilic composition" refers to a composition which comrri~c an ~mphirhilic compound. Exemplary ~ )h;l~hilic compositions include suspensions, emulsions and vesicular compositi~)n~
"Suspension" refers to a llli~Lu~" dispersion or emulsion of finely divided colloidal particles flo~tin~ in a liquid. The particles may be solid, liquid or gaseous.
"Emulsion" refers to a llli~LLu~e of two or more liquids and is generally in the form of a colloidal llli~Lulc.
"Vesicle" refers to a spherical entity which is ch~~ e~ 1 by the presence of an int~rn~l void. Pl~;r~;lled vesicles are form~ t~l from ~...l,hil,hilic compounds, including lipids. In any given vesicle, the ~,..l,hil,hilic compounds may be in the form of a monolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayer ;l...l~hil,hil~s may 25 be used to form one or more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono-or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally concentric. The vesicles described herein include such entities commonly referred to as liposomes, micelles, bubbles, microbubbles, microspheres and the like. Thus, the ~mphirhilic compounds may be used to for n a nnil~mell~r vesicle (comprised of one monolayer or bilayer), an 30 oligol~m~ r vesicle (comprised of about two or about three monolayers or bilayers) or a multilamellar vesicle (comprised of more than about three monolayers or bilayers). The internal void of the vesicles may be filled with a liquid, including, for CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 example, an aqueous liquid, a gas, a gaseous ~ ,ul~ol, and/or a solid or solute m~teri~l, including, for example, a bioactive agent, as desired.
"Liposome" refers to a generally spherical cluster or ag~ g~le of ~mphirhilic compounds, including lipid compounds, typically in the form of one or more concentric layers, for example, bilayers. They may also be referred to herein as vesicles or ~ )hil~hilic vesicles.
"Gas filled vesicles" refers to vesicles in which there is en~rs~ te~l a gas. "Gaseous precursor filled vesicles" refers to vesicles in which there is enc~rsi-l~te~l a ~,~seous pl~-;ul~ol-. The vesicles may be minim~lly, partially or subst~nti~lly completely filled with the gas and/or gaseous precursor. In ~,ef~ d embo-liment~, the vesicles are subst~nti~lly completely filled with the gas and/or gaseous precursor.
"Vesicular composition" refers to a composition of vesicles that is prepared from ~mphirhilic compounds.
".~mrhirhilic formulation" refers to a composition which comrri~es an ~mphirhilic compound and a bioactive agent.
"Vesicle formulation" refers to a composition which compri~es vesicles and a bioactive agent.
"Patient" refers to ~nim~le, including m~mm~l~, preferably hllm~n~
''Bioco.,.~ ihle~ refers to materials which are generally not injurious to biological functions and which will not result in any degree of unacceptable toxicity, including allergenic responses and disease states.
"Bioactive agent" refers to a sl~hst~n~e which is used in connection with an application that is therapeutic or ~ nostic in nature, such as in methods for diagnosing the presence or absence of a disease in a patient and/or in methods for the tre~tment of disease in a patient. As used herein, "bioactive agent" refers also to substances which are capable of exerting a biological effect in vitro and/or in vivo.
The bioactive agents may be neutral or positively or negatively charged. Examples of suitable bioactive agents include diagnostic agents, ph~rm~ellticals, drugs, synthetic organic molecules, proteins, peptides, vitamins, steroids and genetic material, including nucleosides, nucleotides and polynucleotides.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 "Diagnostic agent" refers to any agent which is used in cnnnecti~n with methods for diagnosing the presence or absence of a disease in a patient. Exemplary tli~gnnstic agents include, for eY~mple, contrast agents for use in connection with ultrasound, m~gn~tic resonance im~ging or colll~uled tomography of a patient.
"Genetic m~tPri~l" refers generally to nucleotides and polynucleotides, including deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonllr,leic acid (RNA). The genetic material may be made by ~ylllllclic ch~mic~l methodology known to one of c,l.lhl~.y skill in the art, or by the use of recombinant technology, or by a combination of the two. The DNA and RNA may optionally comprise ullll~lul~l nucleotides and may be single or double stranded. "Genetic m~t~ri~l" refers also to sense and anti-sense DNA
and RNA, that is, a nucleotide sequence which is cnmrlement~ry to a specific sequence of nucleotides in DNA and/or RNA.
"phz.. .~ rcuLical" or "drug" refers to any the.d~culic or prophylactic agent which is used in the tre~tment including the plcvclllion, diagnosis, alleviation, 15 or cure, of a malady, affliction, disease or injury in a patient. Thc,d~culically useful peptides, polypeptides and polynucleotides are included within the me~ning of the term ph~rm~relltir,~l or drug.
"Polymer", as used herein, refers to molecules formed from the chtomic~l union of two or more lc~Jc~ling units. Accordingly, included within the 20 term "polymer" are, for example, dimers, trimers and oligomers.
"Alirh~tic" refers to one of the major groups of organic compounds, char~cct~ri7~rl by straight- or branched-chain arrangement of the con~titl~nt carbon atoms. Aliphatic hydrocarbons c~mri~e three subgroups: (1) paldrruls~ including the ~lk~n~s; (2) olefins, inchlfling the ~lkene~, which contain carbon-carbon double bonds;
25 and (3) acetylenes, in~hl-1in~ the alkynes, which contain carbon-carbon triple bonds.
"Alkyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having l to about 30 carbon atoms. "Lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having l to about 8 carbon atoms. "Higher alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having about lO to about 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be optionally 30 snbstitllt~-l with one or more alkyl group substituents which may be the same or different, where "alkyl group :jub~Liluent" includes, for example, halo, aryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, carboxy alkoxycarbonyl, oxo and CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 cycloalkyl. There may be optionally inserted along the alkyl group one or more oxygen, sulphur or sùb~LiluLed nitrogen atoms, w~llc~eill the nitrogen ~lb~ nt is lower alkyl. The alkyl group may be linear or br~n~.h~(l "Branched" refers to analkyl group in which a lower alkyl group, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, is ~tt~-h~Cl 5 to a linear alkyl chain. The alkyl group can include one or more points of unsaturation including, for example, carbon-carbon double bonds and carbon-carbon triple bonds. Exemplary alkyl groups in-~.hlcle, for example, methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pent~(lecyl and h~x~ cyl. Preferred alkyl groups include the lower alkyl 10 groups having 1 to about 4 carbon atoms and the higher alkyl groups having about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms. Fx~n pl~ry alkyl groups which contain alkyl group substituents include hydroxylated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups derived from glycerol, including, for example, 2,3-dihyd.oxy~,.u~-1-yl.
"Alkylene", when used in conjunction with the term "diradical", refers 15 to a bivalent ~lirh~tic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to about 30 carbon atoms.
When used in conjunction with the term "linking group", "alkylene" refers to a bi- or trivalent ~liph~tic hydrocarbon group having from 1 to about 30 carbons. The alkylene group may be straight, branched or cyclic. The alkylene group may be also optionally unsalu dlt;d and/or sllbstit~lte~l with one or more "alkyl group ~ul~20 There may be optionally inserted along the alkylene group one or more oxygen,sulphur or sllbstilllte~l or ...~ nitrogen atoms, wherein the nitrogen substituent is alkyl as previously described. F.xempl~ry alkylene groups includemethylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-(CH2)3-), prop-1,2,3-triyl (-CH2-CH(-)-CH2-), cyclohexylene (-C6HIo-),-CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-, 25 -~C~n~CH2)m-, whc~ci~ n is an integer from about 1 to about 22 and m is an integer from 0 to about 22, -(CH2)n-N(R)-(CH2)m-, wherein each of m and n is independently an integer from 0 to about 30 and R is hydrogen or alkyl, methylenedioxy ~ (-O-CH2-O-) and ethylenedioxy (-O-(CH2)2-O-). It is ~crc~ d that the alkylene group has about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms.
The present invention is directed, in part, to stabilized compositions which are useful, for example, as cor.LI~l agents for diagnostic and/or therapeutic ulL.clsoulld. The compositions comprise, in combination with a gas and preferably in CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 an aqueous carrier, a flllorin~t~d ~mphirhilic compound. The flnc~rin~t~ mphirhilic compounds, which are described in detail below, impart highly desirable ~ ;.lies to the compositions of the present invention. For eY~mrle, it has been surprisingly and unexpectedly found that the fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds are capable of 5 stabilizing the present compositions, inrl~l-ling ~cr~lcd compoeitinn~ which c~mpri~e vesicles. It has been found also that the present fl~lorin~t~ ,hiphilic compounds are capable of promoting the formation of vesicles, as well as hll~lvvillg the stability of the formed vesicles. In embo~lim~nt~ in which the vesicles comprise gas-filled and/or gaseous plc~iul~or-filled vesicles, the fl~lorin~te-l ~...pl)il)hilic compounds 10 enable the vesicles to ~ub~L~.Lially retain the gas and/or gaseous plc~ ol with minim~l loss or leakage. This is surprising and unexpected and generally rendersmn~cç~ ry the use of additional stabilizing m~t.?ri~l~, including, for example, surfactants, and stabilizing techniques, in-hlflinp, for example, cros~linking of the materials in the walls of the vesicles. As ~ cllc~e~l above, such techniques are15 generally nece~ in connection with collLld~L agents of the prior art. Moreover, the present fluorinated ~...l~hil~l~ilic compounds are generally bioc~ mp~tible and can be obtained with ...i..;,..~l effort and at minim~l c;~cl~e. Accordingly, the present invention is directed to simple and efficient methods for providing stabilized compositions, including vesicular compositions, for use as ultrasound contrast agents.
A variety of fl~lorin~terl ~mphirhilic compounds can be employed in the present compositions. Pl~,r~ d fluorinated ~ -hil-l-iliC compounds are thosewhich, when combined with a gas, tend to form stabilized compositions and/or vesicles. Preferred also are fluorinated ~...l~hil~hilic compounds which are capable of stabilizing the vesicles, once formed.
In preferred embo-limente the fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds are based on ~mphirhilic compounds, including lipids, and especially phospholipids, which comprise a polar head group including, for example, a phosphorylated head group, such as a phosph~tidylcholine group, or a snlf~te(l head group, and at least one nonpolar aliphatic chain, such as a palmitoyl group. In such embo-1im~nt~, the fluorine atoms are preferably sll~stitnt~cl on the nonpolar aliphatic chain portions of the involved ~mphirhilic compounds. As noted above, among the preferred amphiphilic compounds are phosphorylated and/or sulfated lipid compounds. It is CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 collle,lll)lated that the term "phosphorylate", as used herein, enco..,~ ;es rhosph~t~
groups with various valences, including, for example, PO3 and P04 groups. Similarly, ~ it is contemrl~ted that the term "s llf~tt-~l", as used herein, encomp~es sulfate groups with various v~lenre~, inelll~ing, for example, SO3 and S04. It is colllcll,~lated that 5 in these ~lcrel~cd lipid compounds, the phosphate group andlor the sulfate group are preferably located within the backbone portions of the lipid compounds. Thus, generally spe~king, the phosphate and/or sulfate groups in the plcrcll~,d phosphorylated andlor slllf~t~d lipid compounds are desirably spaced from the end-portions of the compounds with, for example, alkyl groups, and as such, are referred 10 to herein as "int.-rn~l phl sph~te (and/or sulfate) groups". These ~lcrcll~d fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds can be cOllL d~led with prior art fluorinated compounds, including, for example, the class of compounds which are commercially available as ZONYL~ fluorosurf~ct~nt~ (DuPont Ch~mic~l Corp., Wilmington DE), including the ZONYLTU phosphate salts and the ZONYL~ sulfate salts, which have t~..,.l..~l 15 rhosph~te or sulfate groups. ReplcscllL~ es of these salts are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,276,146, wherein the ZONYL~ phosphate salt has the formula [F(CF2CF2)3 8CH2CH20]l 2P(O)(O-NH4+)2, and the ZONYLDI sulfate salt has the formula F(CF2CF2)3 8CH2CH2SCH2CH2N+ (CH3)3 -OSO2OCH3. In contrast to the ~lcfellcd phosphorylated and sl-lf~te~1 lipid compounds involved in the present 20 invention, the ZONYL~ phosph~t~ and sulfate salts, as depicted above, includephosphate and sulfate moieties in the t~rmin~l portions of the disclosed compounds.
In certain ~lcrcllcd embo~ .k~ ;, the fluorinated ~mrhiphilic compounds are polyfluorinated. As noted above, this means that the amphiphilic compounds are preferably ~ with at least two or more fluorine atoms. In 25 even more plcrcllcd embo~1iment~, the fluorinated ~mrhiphilic compounds are perfluorinated.
As noted above, plcr~ d ~mrhiphilic compounds on which the fluorinated ~mphirhiles are based, generally comprise at least one nonpolar aliphatic chain. In certain ~,lef~ ;d embo-limentc, the ~mrhirhilic compounds comprise, at30 most, one nonpolar aliphatic chain. Such compounds are referred to herein as "monoch~in compounds." In certain other preferred embor1imentc, the amphiphilic compounds comprise more than one, and preferably at least two or three, nonpolar CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 ~lirh~tic chains. Such compounds are referred to herein as "polychain compounds."
Whether monochain or polychain, it is prerGllGd that the fluorine atoms are s~lbsti1~1te~ on the chain portion(s) of the ~.,.pl.il~hilic compounds. The extent of the fluorination of the chain(s), and the location of the fluorine atoms on the chain(s), can 5 be selected, as desired, in the flllorin~te~ ~mrhirhilic compounds. For example, only a certain portion of the nonpolar chain group, such as the termin~l methyl group(CH3-) or an intt-rn~l methylene group (-CH2-), can be fluorin~teA with the remz-inA.~r of the nonpolar chain group being, for ex~mrle, lln~b~ ed ~lirh~tic, such as un~ liLulGd alkyl. AlLGlll~LivGly, it is collLGlll~lated that a sllbst~nti~l majority of the 10 nonpolar chain group can be fluorinated. The nonpolar chain group can includesubst~nti~lly equivalent portions which are fluorinated and nonfluorin~teA as ~let~rmin~A, for t-x~mrle7 by the number of carbon atoms in the fluorinated and nonfluorinated portions. In pLGrGllGd form, the nonpolar chain group contains both a nonfluorinated portion and a fl~lorin~tt-A portion.
With particular reference to polychain compounds, it is conlG...... ~lated that all of the chains can be fl~lo~ A or only certain of the chains can be fluorinated. In the latter case, the nonfl~lo.h~lGd chain(s) can be, for ~Y~mrle, m~..l.slil~e(l aliphatic, including unsubstituted alkyl. Such compounds are referred to herein as "asymmetric ~...l~h;l.hilic compounds", since both fluorinated and 20 nonfluorinated chains are present in the same molecule.
In cc,.llle~lion with the plGr~ ,d embo-liment~ of the present invention involving mono- and polychain ~mrhirhilic compounds, the nonpolar aliphatic chains can be referred to as having a ~roxilllal end portion and a distal end portion. The hllal end portion collG~ollds to that portion of the aliphatic chain which is 25 proximate the polar head group. Thus, in the case of phospholipids, including, for example, phosphatidylcholines, such as mono- and Air~llll;Lc~ylpllosphatidylcholines~
the ~loxil~lal end portions of the palmitoyl moieties correspond to the portions of the chains which are located near the carbonyloxy (-C(=O)-O-) groups and the glycerolphosphocholine moiety. Similarly, the distal end portions cc ll. ;,~o..d to the 30 portions of the chains which are located near the terrninal methyl groups of the alkyl chains of the palmitoyl moieties.
WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 In ~cÇ~.~cd embo~ , at least the distal end portion of the nonpolar chain(s) of the mono- and polychain ~...pl,;~ ilic compounds is fluorinated, with polyfluorinated distal ends being more p~c;r~ed. Even more preferably, the distal end portions of the nonpolar chains are perfluorin~tç-l Also in ~ciÇ~cd 5 embo-limPnt~, the ~ xhllal end portion of the nonpolar chain portion(s) are ~."~ h~ erl z~liph~tic, with ..,.~.~b~ cl alkyl being more ~.efe~ d. Thus, particularly ~.er~ d embo-lim~nt~ of the invention involve fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds in which one or more nonpolar aliphatic chains contain both a perfluorinated distal end portion and an ul~ul~sliLul~d proximal end portion.
In certain particularly p-er~.ed embo-lim~nt~, the fluorinated ...phil)hilic compound has the formula ~iRll,x [Rl--Xl]y-~IR2--Y R3 Z
[Xi Rl]Z
wherein:
each of x, y and z is indep~nrl~ntly O or l;
each X, is in-1~p~nrl~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, 15 -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S, Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(OR5)q~0~~ where q is 1 or 2, X3 is a direct bond or -0-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a ch~ricle residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3;
each Rl is indepçn~1~ntly aLkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 25 carbons;
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US~G~ 13 R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 S;
each of R4 and Rs is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons, and each R6 is intlepçntl~ntly hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hy~Lophilic polymer, provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, and when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are each 0.In the above formula (I), each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1. In certain plr r~ d embo~1iment~, two of x, y and z are each 0. In certain other ~-~f~lled embo~iment~, one of x, y and z is 0 or 1 and the other t~vo of x, y and z are each 1, with one of x, y and z being 0 and the other t~,vo of x, y and z being 1 being more plcr~ d. In certain other plere.l~id embo~liment~, each of x, y and z is 1.
Each Xl in formula (I) above is indep~n(1~ntly -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-.
Preferably, each X~ is indep~nr~ntly -O-, -S-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-,-C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-. More preferably, each Xl is independently -C(=X2)-O- or -O-C(=X2)-. Even more preferably, each Xl is -C(---X2)-O-.
In the above formula (I), each X2 is O or S. Preferably, each X2 is O.
In formula (I) above, Y is a direct bond or ~X3~M(=O)(ORs)q~O~~ where q is 1 or 2. Preferably, Y is -XrM(=O)(ORs)q-O-M in the above d~finition of Y is P or S. Preferably, M is P.
X3 in the above definition of Y is a direct bond or -O-. Preferably, X3 is a direct bond.
In formula (I) above, Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a saccharide residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3. In l.lef~ d embo-liment~, Z is ~N(R6)r.
Each Rl in formula (I) is indep~-n~ -ntly alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, provided that at least one of Rl is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons. Thus, when only one of x, y and z is 1, Rl is n~ocec~rily fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons. In certain preferred CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 embo~1imlont~, where one or none of x, y and z is 0, and preferably where one of x, y and z is 0 and the other two of x, y and z are each 1, at least one of Rl is alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and at least one of R, is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30carbons. In other ~ler~.~d embo~lim~nt~ each Rl is independently fluorinated alkyl S of 1 to about 30 carbons. When fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, Rl is preferably polyfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, with perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons being more ~l~r~ d. When perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, Rl is preferably CnF2n+l-(CH2)m-, where n is 1 to about 12 and m is 0 to about 18. In these latter embo~liment~, n is preferably about 2 to about 10 and m is preferably about 2 to about 14. More preferably, n is about 4 to about 8 and m is about 4 to about 10.
In formula (I) above, R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 carbons, provided that when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are each 0. Preferably, R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 4 C~bOllS. More preferably, R2 is an alkylene linking group of about 3 carbons.
Even more preferably, R2 is -CH2-CH(-)-CH2-.
R3 in formula (I) above is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons. Preferably, R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 4 carbons. More ~.ere dl~ly, R3 is an alkylene diradical of about 2 carbons.
Even more preferably, R3 is -CH2CH2-.
In formula (I) above, each of R4 and R5 is indeprn-lçntly hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons. Preferably, each of R4 and R5 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons. More preferably, each of R4 and R5 ishydrogen.
R6 in formula (I) above is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydrophilic polymer. Preferably, R6 is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons. More preferably, R6 is hydrogen or methyl, with methyl being even more ~f~lled.
In formula (I) above, it is intrn-lçd that when any symbol appears more than once in a particular formula or substituent, its mç~ning in each instance is independent of the other. This indeFt?n~lçnre of me~ning is subject to any of the stated provisos.
CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 Also in formula (I), it is intf~n~ 1 that when each of two or more .ent symbols is defined as being "a direct bond" to provide mnltiple, $~c~jzcPntdirect bonds, the multiple and ~ çPnt direct bonds devolve into a single direct bond As noted above, Z and R6 in the definition of Z in forrmll~ (I), can be, S inter alia, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer Fxempl~ry polymers from which Z
and/or R~ can be derived include polymers in which the r~e~Li,lg units contain one or more hy~ xy groups (polyhy~o~y polymers), inrhl-ling, for P~mple, poly(vinyl alcohol), polymers in which the ,~e~lh~g units contain one or more amino groups (polyamine polymers), including, for çx~mrle~ peptides, polypeptides, proteins and 10 lipc~ Leills, such as albumin and natural li~o~,Jlt;i,~, polymers in which the ~ e~Li"g units contain one or more carboxy groups (polycarboxy polymers), including, for ç r~mple, carboxymethylcellulose, alginic acid and salts thereof, such as sodium and calcium ~l~in~te~ glycosaminoglycans and salts thereof, in~ 1ing salts of hyaluronic acid, phosphorylated and sulfonated derivatives of carbohydrates, genetic 15 material, such as interleukin-2 and hlL. .r~O~I, and phosphorothioate oligomers; and polymers in which the .~e~li..g units contain one or more ~crh~ride moieties (polysaccharide polymers), including, for e~mple, carbohyd,dles The molecular weight of the polymers from which Z and/or R6 are derived may vary, and is generally about 50 to about 5,000,000, with polymers having a molecular weight of 20 about 100 to about 50,000 being plc:r~ed. More pler~,ed polymers have a molecular weight of about 150 to about 10,000, with molecular weights of 200 to about 8,000 being even more ~ ,r~ d Pl~rt"ed polymers from which Z and/or R6 are derived include, for example, poly(ethyl~"e~ lycol) (PEG), poly(~/i..yl~.y-lolidine), polyoxomer~, 25 poly~o~baLe and poly(vinyl alcohol), with PEG polymers being particularly preferred P~fe~cd among the PEG polymers are PEG polymers having a molecular weight of from about 100 to about 10,000 More preferably, the PEG polymers have a molecular weight of from about 200 to about 8,000, with PEG 2,000, PEG 5,000 andPEG 8,000, which have molecular weights of 2,000, 5,000 and 8,000, respectively,30 being even more l..er~.-ed Other suitable hydrophilic polymers, in addition to those exemplified above, will be readily ap~alc;nt to one skilled in the art based on the present CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS9G~'~7~13 disclosure. Generally, polymers from which Z and/or R~ are derived include polymers that can be incol~u.dled in the fluorinated ~ )hil.hilic compounds via alkylation or acylation reactions.
As with the various polymers exemplified above, it is cùnl~ lated that ~ S the polymeric residues can contain functional groups in addition, for example, to those typically involved in linking the polymeric residues to the fluorinated ~"~î~hi~ hilic compounds. Such functi~n~liti~s include, for example, carboxyl, amine, hydroxy and thiol groups. These functional groups on the polymeric residues can be further reacted, if desired, with materials which are generally reactive with such 10 functional groups and which can assist in L~ g specific tissues in the body including, for e~mple, ~ e~e~l tissue. Exemplary materials which can be reacted with the additional functional groups include, for example, proteins, including antibodies, carbohydrates, peptides, glycopeptides, glycolipids, lectins and nucleosides.
In addition to residues of hydrophilic polymers, Z in formula (I) can also be a saccharide residue. Exemplary s~cch~ricles from which Z can be derivedinclude, for ~mple, monosaccharides or sugar alcohols, such as ery~rose, threose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, fructose, sorbitol, m~nnitol and sedoheptulose, with ~ler~..cd monl s~r(h~rid~c being fructose, m~nnose, xylose, arabinose, m~nnitol and 20 sorbitol, and ~ crh~ride~ such as lactose, sucrose, maltose and cellobiose. Other saccharides include, for example, inositol and ganglioside head groups.
Other suitable s~crh~ridrs, in addition to those exemplified above, will be readily a~ ;llL to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.Generally, s~rrh~rides from which Z is derived include saccharides that can be 25 incorporated in the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds via alkylation or acylation reactions.
A particularly l,.ert;..ed class of fluorinated amphiphilic compounds of the present invention, which are within the scope of the compound of forrnula (I), is r~.cst;l,l~d by the formula CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 Cn~2n+ 1--(CH2)m--C(O) ~
C~2~1--(cH2)m--C(O)O--OP(02)0-(CH2)~ N (CEO3 (II) wherem:
m is 0 to about 18, n is 1 to about 12, and w is 1 to about 8.
The integer m in formula (II) is 0 to about 18. Preferably, m is about 2 to about 14. More preferably, m is about 4 to about 10.
In formula (II) above, n is 1 to about 12. Preferably, n is about 2 to about 10, with about 4 to about 8 being more ~fellcd.
The integer w in formula (II) is 1 to about 8. Preferably, w is 1 to about 4. More preferably, w is about 2.
The fluorinated ~mphirhilic compounds of the compositions of the present invention, in~ lin~ the compounds of formulas (I) and (II), can be prepared readily using standard organic synthetic methodology well known to those of ordil~dly skill in the art. Suitable methods for ~lc~dlhlg fluorinated ~...ph;l,hilic compounds 15 are disclosed, for example, in C. ~nt~ et al., New Journal of Chemistry, 15, 685 (1991), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference, in their enlilcLy. Exemplary of the available methods for ~ ~hlg fluorinated ~nnphiphiliccompounds are synthetic methods based on the phosphorylation of 1,2-di-(F-alkylacyl)-3-glycerol dclivdLives. These methods can be utilized in the plcl,~dlion of 20 perfluoroaLkyl phosphatidylcholines, and particularly perfluoroalkyl phosphatidylethanol~min~, and are disclosed, for example, in the aforementioned S~nt~ publication. Such methods involve linear phosphorylating agents, includingthe Hirt and Berchtold reagent (2-bromoethyldichlorop~osphate (BEDP)), which is readily available in large quantities. Hirt et al., Pharm. ~cta. Helv., 33, 349 (1958).
W O 96~9197 PCT~US96/07813 BEDP is highly reactive and can be used to phosphorylate st~ric~lly hindered disubstituted glycerols. Hansen et al., Lipids, 17, 453 (1982). The ammonium group can be introduced by reaction of an a~lop~;ate amine with the 1,2-diacylglycero-3-(2-bromoethyl)phosphate intermediate to give the desired phosphatidylethanolamine ~ 5 derivatives. This synthetic methodology is depicted in the following reaction scheme.
CnPm~(CH2)m--C(O)O H2, Pd/C, C~iF2~(cH2)m--C(O)O~
CnPm~(CH2)m--C(O)O~ CnP2n~(CH2)m--C(O)O--~I~ LCH2 ~ ~n~ -OH
1)B~H~OP(O)CI2,NE~3 2) H20 C~F2~(CH2)m--C(O)O-- 3) NMe3, A&C03 C~F2n~(CH2)m--C(O)O--- OP(Oi)O-(CH~2- N(CH3)3 (v) where m and n are as previously ~l~fine~l The 1,2-disubstituted-3-benzylglycerol derivatives of formula (III) are readily synth~ci7~-1 in high yields (85 to 90%) by acylation of l-benzylglycerol with the corresponding perfluoroalkanoyl h~ lçs Proc. Nafl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75, 4074 10 (1978). The benzyl protecting group can be removed by hydrogenolysis over a palladium on charcoal catalyst (Pd/C) in tetrahydrofuran (THF). Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA, 75, 4074 (1978). Short reaction times for the hydrogenolysis of the benzyl group are ~-efel.~d to avoid L~ e~le.;l~ication of the 1,2-diacylglycerol of formula (III) into the more thermodynamically stable 1,3-diacylglycerol isomer. The 15 hydrogenolysis reaction can be monitored by ordhl~ analytical techniques, including, for example, thin layer chlolllaLography (TLC) and proton (lH) nuclear m~gn~tic lesonallce (NMR). The reaction is generally complete in about one hour with little or no ~ ç~ cation. The hydrogenolysis reaction is preferably con~ ctecl in THF because both the starting material in the involved reaction (the 20 compound of formula (III)) and the product (the compound of formula (IV)) tend to be highly soluble in THF. In addition, THF is conveniently used as the solvent in the subsequent phosphQrylation step.
After hydrogenolysis, the catalyst (Pd/C) can be removed by filtration.
The 1,2-diacylglycerols of formula (IV) can be reacted immediately with BEDP and W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 an excess of triethylamine. Phosphorylation is typically completed in about 2 toabout 4 hours, as measured by TLC. The r~ phosphochloride bond can be hydrolysed in aqueous base and generally ~ uil.~s about 22 hours for completion.When min.or~l bases or salts are used for hydrolysis including, for example, Na2CO3, 5 KCl and EDTA sodium salt, the rhosph~te salts are highly insoluble in water or organic solvents. Fleiccher, Methods Enzymol. 98, 263 (1983). The b~
intermetli~te can be isolated as a stable and soluble hydrogenotriethylammonium salt if excess triethylamine is used. Acidification of the phosph~te salts to form the corresponding acid is difficult becduse the glycerol ester bonds are hydrolyzed at the 10 n~ce~ix~.~, pH (pH of 2 to 3). Product degradation occurs also during purification over silica gel. Accordingly, it is pl~r~lled to use the phosphate salt without further purification. Nucleophilic displ~c~m~nt of the bromide ion by a large excess of trimethylamine occurs in a solvent l~ LLILe of CHCl3/CH3CN at 45~C over a 12 hour period. The ~lixpl~ce~l bromide ion can be ~recipildled by the addition of silver 15 carbonate.
The c~nc~-ntr~tion of flllorin~ted ~ )hiphilic compound in the present compositions can vary and depends upon various factors, in~hl-ling, for example, the particular ~ ,h;l,hilic compound(s) which are employed in the compositions.
Toxicity is ~ner~lly of limited concern since the present fl~lcrin~tecl ~mrhirhilir 20 conl~oullds are :iu~s~ y bioco...l,~l;hle. See C. ~nt~ et al., New Journal ofChemistry, 15, 685 (1991). In general, the col-r~ .,,l;on of fluorinated ~mrhirhilic compound in the present compositions is from about 0.001 mg/mL to about 200 mg/mL, with a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to 20 mg/mL being pl.r~ d.
More p~c;r~.dbly, the concPntration of fluorinated ~mrhiphilic co",~ou"d is about 0.05 25 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, with a conc~"L-dLion of about 0.1 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL being even more ~lcr~ d.
The stabilized compositions of the present invention also comprise a gas, and preferably, an inert gas. The gases provide the compositions with enhanced reflectivity, particularly in vesicular composition in which the gas is entrapped within 30 the vesicles. This increases their effectiveness as co"L.~ agents.
P,ef~"ed gases are gases which are inere and which are biocompatible.
Preferable gases include those selected from the group concicting of air, noble gases, WO 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 such as helium, neon, argon and xenon, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, fluorine, oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, fluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and ~ Lules thereof.
Perfluorocarbons are ~,cfcll~d gases. Preferably, the perfluorocarbon is selected from the group c-ncictin~ of perfluornmeth~n~, perfluoroethane, perfluc.l~l~alle, ~ 5 perfluorobutane, perfluorocyclobutane and mi~Lu,~s thereof. More preferably, the perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group concictin~ of perfluolu~lu,u~e and perfluorobutane, with perfluoru~r~le being particularly plefcll~d. Another preferable gas is sulfur tetrafluoride.
It is collLelllplated that l~ LulcS of dirr~ L types of gases, including llli~Lules of a perfluorocarbon gas and another type of gas, such as air, can also be used in the compositions of the present invention. The gases ~1iccllcce-1 in Quay, Tntt?rn~tional Application WO 93/05819, including the high "Q" factor gases described therein, may be used also. The disclosures of Quay, T..~ ional Application WO
93/05819 are incol~oldLcd herein by ,erelG"ce in their ellLhcLy~ In addition, par~m~gn~tic gases and gases of isotopes, such as 17O, may be used. Other gases,including the gases exemplified above, would be readily ~pa,ellt to one skilled in the art based on the present ~lieslos~lre. The gases can be selected, as desired, to provide compositions which are suitable for use as cOllLlasL agents in ulLldsou,ld, as well as other ~ gnostic techniques, such as cull,~uLcd tomography (CT) and m~gn~tic reeon~nrc im~ging (MRI).
In certain prer~l~cd embo~1imlonte~ a gas, for example, air or a perfluorocarbon gas, is combined with a liquid ~clfluolocarbon, such as perfluorohloY~n~, p~orflnoroheptane, perfluorooctylbromide (PFOB), perfluoro~l~ç~lin, perfluorododec~lin, perfluorooctyliodide, perfluoiotLip.o~ylamine and ~,lfluoruLlibutylamine.
It may also be desirable to il~ol~ e in the stabilized compositions a e~;u~.,or to a gaseous sl-hst~nl~e. Such precursors include materials that are capable of being converted to a gas in vivo. Preferably, the gaseous precursor is biocompalible, and the gas produced in vivo is biocomp~tible also.
A variety of gaseous ~lCCUl.7ClS are available for use in the present compositions including, for example, substances which are sensitive to changes to pH.
These snhst~n~es include materials that are capable of evolving gas, for example, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 upon exposure to a pH that is sllhst~nti~lly neutral or acidic. F.~mplçs of such pH
sellsilive substances include salts of an acid s~lecte-l from the group concictin~ of inorganic acids, organic acids and llli2~Lulcs thereof. Carbonic acid (H2C03) is an mrle of a suitable inorganic acid, and ~minnm~ nic acid is an example of a S suitable organic acid. Other acids, in~ fling inorganic and organic acids, would be readily d~ ll to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
Preferably, the gaseous ~Ic;cul~or is a salt which is selected from the group concicting of an alkali metal salt, an ~mmonium salt and nli~Lulcs thereof.
More preferably, the salt is selected from the group c-)ncictin~ of c~lJoll-dt~,10 bicarbonate, sesquec~bu..d~ min~m~lon~t~ and llli~Lulcs thereof.
Exemplary of gaseous precursor m~tt-ri~lc for use in the compositionc of the present invention and which are salts include lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium bic~bolldL~, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bic~bolldLe, m~gn~cium c~ubolldl~;, calcium carbonate, m~gn~cillm bicarbonate, 15 ~mmnnium carbonate, ~mmonillm bic~hbolldl~, ammonium sesquecarbonate, sodium sesquec~l,olldLe, sodium aminomalonate and z~mmonium aminomz~l~n~te Aminom~lnn~t~ is well known in the art, and its ~ udLion is described, for example, in Th~n~cci, Biochemistry, Vol. 9, no. 3,pp. 525-532 (1970); Fit7I~trick et al., Inorganic Chemisfry, Vol. 13, no. 3 pp. 568-574 (1974), and Stelm~ch~k et al., Koordinatsionnaya Khimiya, Vol. 3, no. 4,pp. 524-527 (1977). The disclosures of these publications are hereby incol~uldLed herein by ler~.ence.
In addition to, or instead of, being s~l~iLivc to changes in pH, the gaseous precursor materials may also c-mrrice compounds which are sensitive to changes in temperature. Such telll~.dLule sensitive agents include, for example,m~teri~lc which have a boiling point of greater than about 37~C at atmospheric ples~ule. For example, perfluolu~ellL~le has a liquid/gas phase transition tenl~;ldLu (boiling point) of 29.5~C at ttmcsph~ric ~Jlei~ulc. This means that perfluoropentane will be a liquid at room ~em~ldL:lle (about 25~C), but will become a gas within the human body, the normal ttlllpcldLLllc of which is 37~C, which is above the transition t~lllpeldLIlre of perfluorupellL~e. Thus, under normal circ-lmct~nces, perfluoro~llt~le is a gaseous precursor. As a further example, there are the homologs of perfluolo~ e, namely perfluorobutane and perfluorohexane. The liquid/gas W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96107813 transition of perfluorobutane is 4~C and that of perfluor~-h~ne is 57~C. Thus, perfluorobutane is potentially useful as a gaseous plc.,ulsol, although more likely as a gas, wh~leas perfluorohexane would likely be useful as a gaseous precursor because of its relatively high boiling point.
S As discussed below, compositions co.. l;.;.. i~-g gaseous pl~ olS, such as perfluoropell~le and/or perfluor-)h~Y~n~, can be ~ d, for ç~mrle, by agitating in a suitable cont~in~r, such as a vial, an aqueous l~ Lule of a fluorinated z3mrhirhilic compound and a gaseous p.e~ or at standard telll~eldlule and pressure.
Under these conditions, the gaseous precursor would be in the form of a liquid.
10 Alternatively, compositions cn..~;1;.,;..~ gaseous pl~e~ ol~ can be pl'~ d at elevated t~ ;ldlule and ~tmospht~ric Pre~U1e in which case the gaseous plecul~ol can be vol~tili7~1 Thus, for example, when a composition of a fluorinated ~mrhirhile and perfluol~op~ e is ~ .~ed, for example, at a ten~eld~ule of about 35~C to about 40~C, the perfluol~l.cll~le is gaseous. The perfluolopt;ll~le would occupy the head 15 space of the collk~ in which the composition is ~le~ed.
In addition to elevated tt;lll~.,.d~ule, s...l)hil~hilic compositions CC~ g gaseous ~lC~ Ol:i can be ~l~a,ed at about room lelll~)~,.dlUIe but at a reduced ple~ e. As known to those of ordill~ skill in the art, the boiling point of various of the gaseous ple~ ols described herein, including the perfluorocarbons, 20 such as perfluol~o~ e and perfluoroh~n~ is lowered to about room lelll~.dlu.e or less under reduced pies~-l-e. Thus, gaseous ple~ ol~ can be hlcol~uldl~;d into the present s....ph;l.hilic compositions as a gas by ~ ~illg the compositions at a reduced plcs~ . The vol~tili7~1 gaseous p.~ or would then occupy the head space of the container in which the composition is prepared.
A wide variety of m~t~ri~l~ which are sensitive to changes in t~ .dLule can be used as gaseous precursors in the compositions of the present invention. Suitable gaseous precursors include, for example, hexafluoroacetone, isopropyl acetylene, allene, tetrafluoroallene, boron trifluoride, 1,2-butadiene, 2,3-bllt~ n.o, 1,3-butadiene, 1,2,3-trichloro-2-fluoro-1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, hexafluoro-1,3-butadiene, butadiyne, l-fluorobutane, 2-methylbutane, perfluorobutane, l-butene, 2-butene, 2-methyl-1-butene, 3-methyl-1-butene, perfluoro-l-butene, perfluoro-2-butene, 4-phenyl-3-butene-2-one, 2-methyl-1-butene-3-yne, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 butyl nitrate, l-butyne, 2-butyne, 2-chloro-1,1,1,4,4,4-hexafluorobutyne, 3-methyl-1-butyne, perfluoro-2-butyne, 2-bromo-butyraldehyde, c~lo.lyl sulfide, crotononitrile, cyclobutane, methyl-cyclobutane, octafluorocyclobutane, perfluorocyclobutene, 3-ch orocyclo~ lcne, perfluorocyclc,~c"l~,e, octafluorocyclo~enlt"e, cyclo~io~u,e, S perfluorocyclo~.u~alle, 1,2-dimethyl-cyclo~ol)a-le, 1,1-dimethylcyclop.u~ e, 1,2-di-methylcyclo~,u~ e, ethylcycloprù~le, methylcycloprù~le, diacetylene, 3-ethyl-3-methyl rli~7iritlinP, l,l,l-trifluorodiazoethane, dimethyl amine, hexafluorodimethyl-amine, dimethylethylamine, bis-~dimethylphosphine)amine, perfluorohex: nP, perfluoroheptane, perfluorooctane, 2,3-dimethyl-2-norbornane, perfluorodimethyl-10 amine, dimethyloxonium chl~ ride, 1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4-methyl-1,1,1,2-tetrafluoro-ethane, 1,1,1-trifluoroethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroeth~nP; 1,1,2-trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane, 1,1 -dichloroethane, 1,1 -dichloro- 1 ,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane,1 ,2-difluoroethane, 1 -chloro- 1,1 ,2~2~2-pe~ uoroethane, 2-chloro- 1,1 -difluoroethane, 1,1-dichloro-2-fluoroethane, 1-chloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane, 2-chloro-1,1-15 difluoroethane, chloroethane, chlor~e, ~ oroethane, dichloloL-;fluoroethane, fluoroethane, perfluoroethane, llillu~ n-lQroeth~nP~7 nitrosope..l~[luoroethane,perfluoroethylamine, ethyl vinyl ether, l,l-dichloroethane, l,l-dichloro-1,2-difluoroethane, 1,2-difluoroethane, methane, trifluorometh~npslllfonylchloride~
trifluoromP.th~n~slllro"ymuoride, bromodifluorûl il~usometh:~np~ bromofluoromP.thslne, 20 bromochlorofluoromPth~nP, bromotrifluor~ mPth~n~, chlorodifluorol,illul..ethane, chlorodh~ o~Pth~nP~ chlorofluoromethane, chlolollinuoromPth~n~7 chlorodifluoro-methane, dibromodifluor~mP~th~nP, dichlorodifluor )mP,thzmP dichlorofluor~ meth~nP, difluor-methzmP, difluoroiodompthzmp~ n~methane~ fluor~ mP,th~ne, iot10mP,thsm~7 iodotrifluoromPth~nP, ~uL-oL-ifluoromethane, nitrosotrifluoromPth~ne, tetrafluoro-25 mPth~n~, trichlorofluoromethane, trifluoromethane, 2-methylbutane, methyl ether, methyl iso~lu~yl ether, methyll~t~t~tP, melhylllil.ile~ methyl~nlfifle, methyl vinyl ether, neo~.~"l;."~, nitrous oxide, 1~2~3-non~dec~ne-tricarboxylic acid-2-hyd.cxyL~i...ethyl-ester, l-nonene-3-yne, 1,4-pentadiene, n-pentane, perfluoro~c--~le, 4-amino-4-l--clhyl~entan-2-one, l-pentene, 2-pentene (cis), 2-pentene (trans), 3-bromopent-1-ene, 30 ~ .nuù~u~ellt-l-ene, tetrachlorophthalic acid, 2,3,6-trimethylpiperidine, propane, 1,1,1,2,2,3-hexafluo.Oplu~ le~ 1,2-epoxypropane, 2,2-difluolOplu~ane~ 2-amino-WO 96/39197 PCTAUS9C~7~13 propane, 2-chloru~lu~ e~ heptafluoro-l-niL.u~lopalle, heptafluoro-l-nitrosc,~,lu~e, perfluoru~lo~le, propene, h~-Y~fll~olu~lupdlle, 1,1,1,2,3,3-hexafluoro-2,3-dichloro-propane, 1-chlol~ro~ e, chloro~luy~le-(trans), 2-chlolo~lu~le, 3-fluorc,~lùp~e, plo,uylle~ 3,3,3-trifluorù~,lo~ylle, 3-fluorostyrene, sulfur (di)--lec~flll-)ride (S2Flo), 5 2,4-~ minotoluene, trifluoro~cetonitrile7 trifluoromethyl peroxide, trifluoromethyl sulfide, tlln_.eten hexafluoride, vinyl acetylene and vinyl ether. FY~mples of gaseous ,Ul~iUl;:i are generally described, for ex~mrle, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,088,499 and 5,149,319, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their ellLil~,ly.
Perfluorocarbons are pler~ d g~seous ~lle~,Ul:iOl:j for use in the compositions of the present invention. Exemplary of perfluorocarbon gaseous ,Ule~;Ul:jOl~ are perfluorocarbons selected from the group coneietinp of perfluolopt;llL~le, perfluorohPY~n~, perfluoroheptane, perfluorooctane and perfluorononane. Preferably, the perfluorocarbon gaseous precursor is selected from 15 the group coneieting of perfluoro~cilll~le, perfluoroh~Y~ne and perfluorooctane, with perfluoropentane being particularly pl~er~ d.
The gaseous ple~ul~or m~t~ri~le may be also photoactivated materials, such as dia~ollium ion and ~minnm~lonate. As ~ieclleeed more fully hel~i~r~
certain stabilized compositions, and particularly vesicular compositions, may be20 form~ te-1 so that gas is formed at the target tissue or by the action of sound on the particle. Other gaseous precnrsor.s, in ~cl-liti~ n to those exemplified above, will be a~pa~c;llL to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
As noted above, certain ~l~;rt;.l.,d embo-limente of the present invention involve vesicular compositions. The si~ of the vesicles can be adjusted, if desired, 25 by a variety of procedures including, for example, micro~mllleification, vortexing, extrusion, filtration, sonic~tion~ homoge i~lion, repeated cycles of freezing and thawing, extrusion under ~ie~ through pores of defined size, and similar methods.
For intravascular use, the vesicles preferably have diameters of less than about 30 ~m, and more preferably, less than about 12 ~Lm. For targeted 30 intravascular use including, for example, binding to certain tissue, such as cancerous tissue, the vesicles can be significantly smaller, for example, less than 100 nm in metcr. For enteric or g~L-oi~ use, the vesicles can be significantly larger, W O 96/39197 PCTrU~GJ~/~13 for example, up to a millim(?ter in size. Preferably, the vesicles are sized to have diameters between about 20 ~Lm and 100 ~m.
Tabulated below is a listing of a series of gaseous precursors which undergo phase tr~n~iti-n~ from liquid to gas at relatively close to normal human body S temperature (37~C) or below. Also listed in the table are the sizes, in diameter, of emulsified droplets that would be required to form a vesicle of a ..li1x;lllllll, size of about lO ,um.
TABLE I
Physical Characl~l;.Aics of Gaseous I~e~ 2j and D ~ le~ of F.. l~;r-tl Droplet to Form a 10 ~m Vesicle Diameter (~m) of Pm~ ifiP~l droplet MolecularBoiling Point to make 10 micron Co~ uulld Weight (~C) Density vesicle perfluoro- 288.04 29.5 1.7326 2.9 pt;ll~ e 1- 76.11 32.5 6.7789 1.2 15fluorobutane 2-methyl- ~72.15 27.8 0.6201 2.6 butane (isopentane) 2-methyl-1- 70.13 31.2 0.6504 2.5 20butene 2-methyl-2- 70.13 38.6 0.6623 2.5 butene 1-butene-3- 66.10 34.0 0.6801 2.4 yne-2-methyl 253-methyl-1- 68.12 29.5 0.6660 2.5 butyne oct~ oro- 200.04 -5.8 1.48 2.8 cyclobutane ~e~ ~fl~oro- 238.04 -2 1.517 3.0 30butane hP~c~fllloro- 138.01 -78.1 1.607 2.7 ethane CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 *Source: Ch~m~ Rubber C~ ally Handbook of Chemistry and Physics Robert C.
Weast and David R. Lide, eds. CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida. (1989 - l99O).
The utility of the compo~itionc of the present invention can be op~ cl, for example, by using gases of limited solubility. T.imh~-l solubility, as 5 used herein, refers to the ability of the gas to diffuse, for example, out of vesicles by virtue of its solubility in the sullou,lding aqueous m~ m A greater solubility in the aqueous mto~ lm imposes a gradient with the gas in the vesicle such that the gas will have a tçntl~on~y to diffuse out of the vesicle. A lesser solubility in the aqueous m~r~ m will decrease the gra~ nt b~;Lwt:ell the vesicle and the int~ re such that the 10 diffusion of the gas out of the vesicle will be impe~1ç~1 Preferably, the gas e"Ll~ped in the vesicle has a solubility less than that of oxygen, namely, 1 part gas in 32 parts water. See Matheson Gas Data Book, Matheson Co~ ally, Inc. (1966). More preferably, the gas enLld~ed in the vesicle possesses a solubility in water less than that of air; and even more preferably, the gas e"L~ped in the vesicle poc~.~sses a solubility 15 in water less than that of nitrogen.
The gases and/or gaseous ~ ,Ul;!iOl~ are preferably incorporated in the stabilized collll,o~iLions of the present invention irrespective of the physical nature of the composition. Thus, it is contemplated that the gases and/or precursors thereto are incorporated in compositions in which the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds are ag~ lcgaled, for example, sllbst~nti~lly r~n~ mly, as well as compositions in which the fluoli"a~t:d amphirhilie co",l uul,ds form vesicles, in~ ing mi~çlles and liposomes.
Incc,~olalion of the gases and/or gaseous pl'e~;Ul:iOl:!i in the present compositions may be achieved by using any of a number of methods. For example, the formation of gas-filled vesicles can be achieved by .~h~king or otherwise ~git~ting an aqueous llli~t 25 which colll~lises a gas or gaseous ~lc~;ul~ol and the fluorinated ~mphirhili~coul~oullds~ This promotes the form~tion of stabilized vesicles within which the gas or gaseous ple-;ul~ol is enc~ tt--l In addition, a gas may be bubbled directly into an aqueous llli~lUle of the fluorinated amphiphilic compounds. ~lt~orn~tively, a gas in~till~tion method can be 30 used as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,352,435 and 5,228,446, the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by l~fele,lce in their entirety. Suitable methods for incorporating the gas or gaseous precursor in the present compositions are disclosed also in U.S. Patent No. 4,865,836, the disclosures of which are hereby incul~uldLcd herein by lcrclcnce. Other mPfhn~lc would be a~al~ to one skilled in the art based on the present disclosure.
In pler~.lcd embo~1imP-ntc, the gases and/or gaseous ~lC~;Ul~or ~ lc 5 are incc,l~uldkd in vesir~ r compositions, with mirelles and liposomes being pl~er~,~lcd. As ~ e(l in detail below, vesicles in which a gas or gas ~lec~ul~or or bûth are el-c~ ted are advantageous in that they provide hll~lovcd reflectivity in vivo.
In certain embo-l;...~ , the stabilized compositions of the present 10 invention can further colll~lise one or more additional ~mrhirhilic materials. Due to the ~ )h;l.,.lhy of these additional alll~h;l.hilir m~tPri~lc, they are generally capable, in ~lefellcd form, of e..l1~l)ri.~g or otherwise illl~ Vill~ the stability of the present colll~o~ilions. It has been found that hlcol~uldling one or more additional amphiphilic materials is particularly advantageous in connection with compositions involving15 asymmPtric fluorinated amphiphilic colll~.~ullds. Particularly ~lcr~ ,d additional amphiphilic m~tPri~lc include compounds which are biocn~ a~ le and which are capable of promoting the formation of vesicles, and Pspeci~lly stabilized vesicles, in the present stabilized compositions.
In certain ~lcfellcd embo~ , the additional amphirhilir- materials 20 colll~lise a lipid compound. Suitable lipids include, for example, phospholipids, such as phnsph~ti-1ylcholine with both ~ rd and ~ ed fatty acids, inrhl~ling dioleoylphosphatidylcholine, diulyli~l~yl~hosphatidylcholine, ~lir~h~ oyl~hosphatidyl-choline and di~Lal~yl~hosphatidylrllnlinP; rhnsph~tillylethanol~minPs, such as ~iirz~h~iloyll~hnsph~ti~lylethanolamine~ dioleoylrhncph~ti~;ylethanolamine~ N-succinyl-25 dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine and 1-hPx~d~Pcyl-2-palmitoylgly-;cluphosphoethanol-amine; phosphatidylserine; phosphatidylglycerol; sphingolipids; glycolipids, such as ganglioside GMl; glucolipids; s~llf~ti-le~ glycosphingolipids; phosphatidic acids, such as ~lir~lmitQlylphosph~ti-lic acid; p~lmitic acid; stearic acid; ar~rhi~lonic acid; oleic acid; lipids bearing polymers, such as polyethyleneglycol or polyvinylpyrrolidone;
30 cholesterol and cholesterol hPmi~l~ccinate; 12-(((7'-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)-carbonyl)methylamino)oct~-lec~nnic acid; N-tl2-(((7'-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)-carbonyl)methylamino)oct~lec~noyl]-2-aminop~lmitir acid; cholesteryl-(4'-trimethyl-CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 amino)b~ ..n~r; 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycerol; 1,2--1ir~lmitoyl-sn-3-succinylglycerol; 1,3-ir~lmitoyl-2-succinylglycerol; and palmitoylhomo-;y~ltille.
Suitable additional amphirhilir m~t~ri~l~ include also lipid compounds used to make mixed micelle systems, such as laulyLlilllethylammonium bromide; cetyl-S trimethyl~mm-)nil-m bromide; lllylisLylLlillletheylammonium bromide; alkyl-l;...~ll.yl-benzylammonium chloride (where alkyl is, for example, Cl2, Cl4 or Cls);
benzyl-lim~thyldodecyl~mmonillm bromide/chloride; benzyl~lim~thylh~Y~ cyl-~llllWlli~llll bromide/chloride; benzyl~limr!l-yll~Lladecylammonium bromide/chloride;
cetyldilllcLllylethylammonium bromide/chloride; and c~Lyl~yl;~linillm bromide/
1 0 chloride.
Suitable additional amphiphilic m~t~ri~l~ for use in the present compositions include also lipid compounds carrying a net charge, for example, anionic and/or cationic lipids. Exemplary cationic lipids include, for example, N-tl-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride) (DOTMA), dioleoyloxy-3-15 (trimethylammonium)~l~alle) (DOTPA) and 1,2,-dioleoyloxy-e-(4'-Llhll~Lllyl-ammonium)butanoyl-sn-glycerol .
In ~ ition to, or instead of, the lipid c ~ )ollllds described above, the additional amphirhilir m~trri~l~ may comprise aliphatic carboxylic acids, for example, fatty acids. Preferred fatty acids include those which contain about 5 to about 22 20 carbon atoms in the ~lirh~tir group. The ~lirh~tir group can be either linear or branched. Exemplary saLul~Led fatty acids include, for example, (iso)lauric, (iso)lllyli~Lic, (iSo)F~lmitir and (iso)stearic acids. Exemplary u~aLulàL~d fatty acids include, for example, lauroleic, phy~c;L~lic, lllyli~Loleic, palmitoleic, petroselinic, and oleic acid. Suitable fatty acids include also, for example, fatty acids in which the 25 ~lirh~tir group is an isupl~l-oid or prenyl group.
The present compositions can also colll~lise, if desired, one or more neutral or positively or ne~alively charged m~trri~l~. Exemplary neutral materials include, for example, oils, such as peanut oil, canola oil, olive oil, safflower oil and corn oil; lecithin; sphingomyelin; cholesterol and derivatives thereof; squalene;
30 terpenes and terpenoid compounds; triglycerides; gums, such as x~nth~n, tr~g~r~nth, locust bean, guar and carrageenan gums; methoxylated pectin; starch; agarose;
cellulose and semi-~yllLh~LiC cellulose, for example, methyl cellulose, hyd~o~yt:Lllyl -W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 cellulose, mPthnxy cellulose and hydlu~yL)lo~yl cellulose; nonionic lual~ials, inrlllfling, for example, polyu~-yclllylene fatty acid esters, polyu~ydllylene fatty alcohols, polyu~Lycl~lylene fatty alcohol ethers, polyoxyethylated sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycerol polyethylene glycol O~y..Lcalalc, glycerol polyethylene glycol S ricinoleate, ethoxylated sc~ylJcd-~ sterols, ethoxylated castor oil, poly~ yelhylene-polyo~y~lu~ylene polymers and polyoxyethylene fatty acid ~r~ rs; acacia; agar;
bell~ol ilcs, including purified be~Q~ c; m~gm~; carbomer 934P; dextrin; gelatin; di-and trihydlo~y su~ ilulcd aLkanes and their polymers, inrlnrling polyvinylalcohol;
mono-, di- and triglycerides; amino alcohols; mon- c~c ch~ri.1Pc or sugar alcohols, such 10 as elylluuse, threose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, fructose, sorbitol, ...A....ilol and sedoheptulose, with pier.,~l~,d monoc~cch~ri-lPc being fructose, m~nn~sP, xylose, arabinose, .."...~ ol and sorbitol; and ~1ic~rh,~ Ps~ such as lactose, sucrose, m~ltose and cellobiose.
Suitable positively charged m~tPri~lc include culll~uullds co~ ;..;..g, for 15 example, plo~ dled or ~ y amino groups, including polymers in which the lc~eatill~, units contain one or more amino groups, such as peptides, polypeptides, plotcills and li~u~lolculs, such as albumin and natural li~rolciuls. Exemplary positively charged m~teri~lc include, for example, chitin; alkanol~minPs, such as monoethanolamine, rlieth~nolamine and triPth~nnlamine, and llli~lulcs thereof, including, for example, trolamine; polylysine; poly~gil c; polyethylelleilllille;
chitos~n; and peptides, inrlll-1in~ mPl~nin c~...re~ o. holululle and dynorphin.Suitable llegdlivcly charged m~tPri~lc are cullll.oullds CO..~;1;..i.~g, for example, carboxy (CO2-) groups, including poly~;~bu~y polymers. Exemplary negatively cl~cd m~tPri~lc include, for c.~ lc, carboxymethylrelllllose; salts of alginic acid, such as sodium and c~lrillm ~lgin~te; salts of glycos,....;.~-glycans, inrl~ ing salts of hyaluronic acid; phosphorylated and sulfonated delivdlives of carboliy-lldLcs; genetic material, such as intPrlellkin-2 and iul~lf~lvu; phosphorothioate oligomers; and negatively charged peptides, such as deltorphin. In addition, carbolly-lldLes bearing polymers may be used in the present compositions. Carbohydrate bearing lipids are described, for 30 example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,310,505, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by l~felcllce herein, in their entirey.
W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 In certain ci~ res, it may be desirable to i~lcol~ulate one or more charged species into the present ~mphirhilic compositions. It is believed that such charged species can contribute to the stability of the present amphiphilir- compositions.
Examples of suitable charged species include, for example, cations, such as metal ions, S or anions. Exemplary cations include, for example, calcium, ...~-g;~i-rse, m~gnPeillm, copper, gadolinium or dysprosium cations, or any other cation which is c-.~.p~lihle for use in connrction with ph~. ",~ lir~l applications. Suitable anions include, forexample, sulphur, peroxides or superoxides. The anionic species may be cl~rl~t.o~l with chelating agents, for example, ethylenrrli,....;..~ r~l;r acid (EDTA) and 10 diethyl~ --i--fyc--lh~r~lir acid (DTPA).
Other materials which can be incorporated in the present compositions and which are contemplated as being capable of u~ ovillg the stability of the compositions include polymeric m~teri~lc. Exemplary of such polymeric materials include, for example, the polymers from which Z and/or R6 in formula (I) are derived, 15 as ~lieclle~e~d hclcull~cr~lG.
It may be desirable to include in the amphiphilic compositions of the present invention anti-bactericidal agents and/or pl'~Cl valiveS. Examples of these . . .~te, ;~le include, for example, sodium bel.~o~ y ~mmonillm salts, sodium azide, me~yl paraben, propyl paraben, sorbic acid, ascoll,yl, p~lmit~t~, butylated 20 hydlu~y~:iole, butylated hydroxytoluene, chlorobutanol, dehydluacetic acid, ethyler~ , monothioglycerol, pot~eeillm ben~o~f~, pot~eeillm metabisulfite,pot~e~ m sorbate, sodium bisulfite, sulphur dioxide and organic mc~-;uliâl salts.
Other ~ litir,n~l materials which can be hlcol~ld~ed in the present compo~eiti~ne would be ~alcll~ to one skilled in the art based on the present 25 disclosure. Preferably, the ~ tion~l materials are selecte~l to opLillli~c certain desirable ~ pcllies of the compositions, inrll--ling serum stability and plasma half-life.
This can be achieved without undue c~cl;...~nt~tion, based on the present disclosure.
The collcellL.àlion of the additional materials in the present compositions can vary and depends, for example, upon the particular fluorinated amphiphilir 30 colllpùullds which are employed. In plerell~d embo~lim~ntc, the c~llcenL~dtion of additional materials is from about 0.01 mg/mT~ to about 200 mg/mT . More preferably, the conren~tion of additional materials is from about 0.05 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL, CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~J~,GI~7~13 with co.~rc~ ns of about 15 mg/mT~ to about 2.5 mg/mL being even more - pl.,rtllcd.
In certain plcfellcd embo-iimlo-nt~ of the invention, the stabilized compositions comprise a vesir~ r composition. The ve~ir~ r cc.ll.~o~ilions may 5 col..~lise mirçl1~s and/or liposomes. A wide variety of methods are available for the plc~alalion of vç~irlll~r compositions, including, for example, .~h~king, drying, gas-in~t~ tion, spray drying, and the like. Suitable mlqth~ for pie~ing the ve~iclll~r compositions are described, for example, in U.S. applir~ti~ n Serial No. 307,305, filed September 16, 1994, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by lcçclc~ce.
In ~lcrcllcd embo~1im~ont~, fluorinated ~mphirhilir col.~ ds are used in the plcpalalion of the present compositions, inrlnlling vecirlll~r compositions, w_ich are in the gel state at physiological l~ cl, ~ . As known to one of oldil~y skill in the art, the main phase transition Iclll~clalulc (Tc) of nonfluorinated a,ll~ hilir compounds, such as lipids, including, for example, phosphatidylcholines, is based 15 gen~r~lly on the length of the carbon chains which are linked to the glycerol moiety.
Exemplary lcp~s~ livc lipids and their phase transition ~lll~clalulcS are set forth in the following table.
TABLE II
Salul~led Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholines:
Main Chain Meltin~ Transition Temp~.d~u~cs Number of Carbons in Main Phase Acyl Chains Tr~n~iti- n Tclll~clalulc (~C) ,2-(12:0) -1.0 1,2-(13:0) 13.7 251,2-(14:0) 23.5 1,2-(15:0) 34.5 1,2-(16:0) 41.4 CA 022l9528 l997-l0-27 TABLE II
Saturated Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phospho- holin-~c-Main Chain M~l~in~ Transition T~~ alul~s Number of Carbons in Main Phase Acyl Chains Transition Te~u~.dLur~ (~C) 1,2-(17:0) 48.2 1,2-(18:0) 55.1 1,2-(19:0) 61.8 1,2-(20:0) 64.5 1,2-(21:0) 71.1 1,2-(22:0) 74.0 1,2-(23:0) 79.5 1,2-(24:0) 80.1 See, for example, Derek Marsh, CRC Handbook of Lipid Bilayers, p. 139 (CRC Press, lO Boca Raton, FL 1990).
With respect to the fluorinated amphiphiles involved in the present invention, it is believed that the number of carbon atoms which are fluorinated has a greater effect on Tc, as ~osed to the length of the chain(s), generally. In general, the greater the number of carbons fluorinated in one or more of the chains, the higher ~ 15 the Tc~ Main chain transition L~ c~aLules of the compound of formula (V), which is the product in the fo-~goillg reaction scheme and which is depicted below, are set forth W O 96~9197 PCT~US96/07813 in the following table.
C~;~+l--(CH2)m--C(O)O--CnF2~l--(CEI2)m--C(O)O--OP(02)0-(CH2)2--N (cE~3)3 TABLE m Perflou~ aled Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphoel~r~
Main Chain Melting Transition Te~dLules Main Phase Transition Tc~ claLulc S Compound (V) m n (~C) (A) 4 4 a~
~) 4 6 a~
(C) 4 8 69.3 ~) lO 4 18.6 0 ~) lO 6 56.4 ~) lO 8 > 95 An ~cteri~lr (*) means that no transition was ~let~cte~l between tPmper~ res of 4~C and 95~C.
With particular lcrcl~,lce to the plcpalation of micelle compositions, the 15 following ~liccllccion is provided. Micelles may be prepared using any one of a variety of conventional mirell~r ~lc~alatOly mlotho~c which will be ~e..L to those skilled in the art. T_ese methods typically involve suspension of the fluorinated amphiphilir cc,.l.poul.d and additional amphiphilic compound, as desired, in an organic solvent, evaporation of the solvent, resllcpencion in an aqueous m~o~lillm, sonication and 20 ce~L.irugation. The foregoing methods, as well as others, are ~liccucce(l for example, CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 in ~nfiPI~l et al., Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 189, pp. 418422 (1990); El-Gorab et al, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, Vol. 306, pp. 58-66 (1973); Colloidal Surfactant, ~ Shinoda, K., N~k~g~n~, T~l.. , .. --~il.i and Isejura, ~r~ omir. Press, NY (1963) (especially "The Formation of Micelles", Shinoda, Chapter 1, pp. 1-88); Catalysis in S Micellar and Macromolecular Systems, Fendler and Fendler, ~r~flrrnir Press, NY(1975). The disclosures of each of the folcgoillg publications are incorporated by crclcllce herein, in their elllilcLy.
The vesic~ r culllposiLion may also culllylise liposomes. In any given liposome, the involved ~llyh;l~hilin compound(s), including fluorinated and 10 nonfluorinated amphiphilic collly~ulld~ may be in the form of a monolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayers may be used to form one or more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono- or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally collccllLlic. Thus, the amphiphilic compounds may be used to form lmil~m.oll~r liposomes (colllylised of one mr)nnl~yer or bilayer), oligol~mPll~r liposomes 15 (cclllplised of two or three monolayers or bilayers) or mnltil~mPll~r liposomes (comprised of more than three monolayers or bilayers).
A wide variety of m~thn-lc are available in connection with the ~le~dldLion of liposome compositions. Accoldingly, the liposomes may be ylc~alcdusing any one of a variety of conventional liposomal yrcy~toly terhniqll~os which will 20 be aypar~ to those skilled in the art. These techniques include solvent dialysis, French press, extrusion (with or without freeze-thaw), reverse phase evaporation, microeTmll~ifir~tir~n and simple freeze-thawing. The liposomes may also be plcydlcd by various processes which involve ~h~king or ~/ollcx~illg. This may be achieved, for example, by the use of a mrch~nir.~l ~h~king device, such as a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent 25 Dental, Lyons, IL). Conventional micrormlll~ifir~tion e(luiylllcllL~ such as a Microflni~1i7sr~ (Microfluidics, Woburn, MA) may be used also.
Additional mPthnti~ for the ylcpdldLion of liposome compositions include, for example, sonir~ti-)nJ chelate dialysis, homogcl.i~Lion, solvent infusion, ~y.llL;~leous formation, solvent vaporization, controlled dclcigcllL dialysis, and others, 30 each involving the preparation of liposomes in various fashions. Methods which involve freeze-thaw techniques are ylcfell~d in connection with the ylcpaldLion of liposomes. Suitable freeze-thaw techniques are described, for example, in copending CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 U.S. application Serial N o. 07/838,504, filed February 19, 1992, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by leçe.cllce in their ellLi~ly. E~lc~ on of the liposomes may be carried out in a solution, such as an aqueous saline solution, aqueous phosphate buffer solution, or sterile water.
As noted above, the size of the vesicles, inrhlAing liposomes, can be adjusted, if desired, by a variety of t~chniqnes, inr~ ing extrusion, filtr~tion, sonication and homo~ n In addition, the size of the liposomes can be adjusted by the introduction of a l~min~r stream of a core of liquid into an immiscible sheath of liquid. Other methods for adju~ the size of the liposomes and for mor~ ting the 10 reslllt~nt liposomal biodi~LlibuLion and cl~,re of the liposomes would be ~ alcllL to one skilled in the art based on the present ~ clc)sllre. Preferably, the size of the liposomes is adjusted by extrusion under prei,~uic through pores of a ~l.ofinl-~ size.
Although liposomes employed in the subject invention may be of any one of a variety of sizes, the liposomes are preferably small, that is, less than about 100 ..~....".
(nm) in outside ~ m~ter.
Many of the r~,l~Oillg liposomal pr~ o. y t.orhniql~es, as well as others, are ~ .s~ , for example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,728,578; U.K. Patent Application GB 2193095 A; U.S. Patent N o. 4,728,575; U.S. Patent N o. 4,737,323;
T.~ nal Application Serial N o. P C T/U S85/01161; Mayer et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol. 858, pp. 161-168 (1986); Hope et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol. 812, pp.55-65 (1985); U.S. Patent No. 4,533,254; Mayhew et al., Method~ in En2ymology, V ol. 149, pp.64-77 (1987); Mayhew et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, V ol 755, pp. 169-74 (1984); Cheng et al, Investigative Rcu1iology, V ol. 22, pp. 47-55 (1987); Tl.lr. .~ n~l Application Serial No. P C T/U S89/05040;
U.S. Patent No. 4,162,282; U.S. Patent No. 4,310,505; U.S. Patent N o. 4,921,706;
and Liposome Technology, G~cgc,liadis, G., ed., Vol. I, pp. 29-31,51-67 and 79-108 (CRC Press Inc., Boca Raton, FL 1984), the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated by ~crelcllce herein, in their clllilcly.
Although any of a number of varying t~ hniq~-es can be used, it is contemplated that the vecit~ r compositions of the present invention are preferably ~cpalcd using a .ch~king technique. Preferably, the ~h~king technique involves agitation with a m~rh~ni~ h~king ap~alaLus, such as a Wig-L-BugTY (Crescent CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 Dental, Lyons, IL), such as those disclosed in copending U.S. application Serial No.
160,232, filed November 30, 1993, the ~licclQs ~reS of which are hereby inco,~oldLcd herein by ,cre,cll~e in their ellLileLy.
In certain embo-l;...k..l~ of the present invention, the colll~os;~i- nc S further colll~,ise a bioactive agent. These compositions are lcr~,~led to herein as "amphiphilir f~ tionc", and can be used for the thcld~cuLic delivery in vivo of - bioactive agents. Preferably, the amphiphilir form~ tions co~ ,ise vesirlll~r formlll~tions. In veciclll~r formulations, circulation and delivery of the vesicles to the targeted tissue can be observed via a non-invasive procedure. In conn~octi- n with gas-lO filled or gaseous precursor-filled vesicles, the applir~tinn of high energy ultrasound, radio frequency, optical energy, for example, laser light, and/or heat, to produce areas of lly~cl~ , can be used, if desired, to rupture the vesicles in vivo and thereby promote release of the e~lLl~ed gas and/or gaseous precursor and bioactive agent.
Thus, veciclll~r formlll~tions permit the controlled release of a bioactive agent in vivo.
As those skilled in the art will recognize, any of the present stabilized compositions and/or formlll~ti~mc may be lyophili7r~1 for storage, and lcc~ l, for example, with an aqueous m~1illm (such as sterile water or phosph~t~ burr~,,ed solution, or aqueous saline solution), with the aid of vigorous ~git~tion To ~)lCVClll ag~l--li--i lion or fusion of the fluorinated ~mphirhilir compounds and/or ~lr1itinn~l 20 amp_ip_ilic compounds as a result of lyophili7~tion, it may be useful to include additives which pl~vcllL such fusion or ~g~ll.li..~lion from occ~...;..g. Additives which may be useful include sorbitol, ...~....ilol, sodium chloride, glucose, tre_alose, polyvillyl~yll.lidone and poly(ethylene glycol), for example, PEG 400. These andother additives are described in the literature, such as in the U.S. Pl.~....~copeia, USP
25 X~I, NF XVII, The United States Ph~rm~ropeia, The National Formulary, United States ph~rm~ropeial Convention Inc., 12601 Twinbrook Pdlh~ay, Rockville, MD
20852, t_e disclosures of w_ich are hereby incorporated herein by rercrcl~ce in their entirety. Lyophilized ~lep~alions generally have the advantage of greater shelf life.
In the case of veciclll~r compositions, inrltltling mirell~oc and liposomes, 30 it is colllellll,lated that the bioactive agent is preferably ellLI~ped within a void of the vesicles. In certain cases, the bioactive agent can be incorporated also into the membrane walls of the vesicle. In the case of amphiphilic compositions in which the WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 ~mphirhilir c(jlllpuullds are subst~nti~lly agg,cgalcd randomly, or ~ub~li~..li~lly not ag~,c~ ~It;d, it is contemplated that the bioactive agent is generally di~ ed homogeneously throughout the cù",~osiLion.
The bioactive agent which is hlcc~l~ulalcd in the present compositi-)n~ is S preferably a sl-bst~nre which is capable of exerting a t~a~culiC biological effect in vitro and/or in vivo. rl~ rr~.lir~l.e, drugs and genetic m~t~ri~l are examples of suitable bioactive agents. Examples of genetic m~t~ri~l~ include, for example, genes carried on e~,cssion vectors, such as plasmids, ph~g~mill~, cosmids, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs) and dere~livc- or "helper" viruses; anti-sense and sense 10 oligonucleotides; phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides; antigene nucleic acids; and single and double str~n~led RNA and DNA, including DNA which encodes at least a portion of a gene, for e~mple, DNA w_ich encodes for human leukocyte antigen (HLA), dystrophin, cystic fibrosis tran.cm~...hla"e l~,ct:~lol (CFTR), inf~rlel-kin-2 (IL-2), tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and granulocyte-",acrophage colony stim~ ting factor 15 (GMCSF). The DNA can also encode certain ~Lolt:ills which may be used in the tre~tmPnt of various types of pathologies or conditions, inrlll-ling those which are associated with the loss or dclt:,iulalion of immnnP c~...pcl~re. Such pathologies or con-liti~ n~ involving ill~ P co~ C~ re include, for example, acquired immnnP
deficiency ~y~dlu~e (AIDS), cancer, chronic viral infections, and ~uloi.. ~ disease.
Specifically, DNA may be sel~octecl w_ich c~lc~es adenosine ~le.. i.. ~e (ADA) for the ll~.~t..~..l of ADA ~erir;~ y; growth hormone for the l~ ..l of growth deficiency or to aid in the healing of tissues; insulin for the trP~tmPnt of hetrs; luL~il~iulg hormone rclP~ei~-~ hormone (LHRH) antagonist as a birth control agent; LHRH for the tre~tmpnt of ~lus~lt; or breast cancer; tumor necrosis factor 25 and/or int~rlrllkin-2 for the llc~ ll of advanced c~n~rs; high-density lipoprol~;iu, (HDL) lcCc:~lol for the L~ of liver disease; thymidine k~nase for the tre~tm~ t of ovarian cancer, brain tumors, or human immnnodeficiency virus (HIV) infection;
HLA-B7 for the treatment of m~ n~nt m.ol~nnm~; IL-2 for the L,c~t...-.~l of neurobl~tom~, m~lign~nt melanoma or kidney cancer; interleukin~ (IL~) for the 30 tre~tm~nt ûf cancer; HIV env for the L~ t---f---l of HIV infection; antisense ras/pS3 for the Llc~ of lung cancer; and Factor VIII for the tre~tmPnt of Hemophilia B. Such CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTAJS~G~'~7&13 therapies are described, for example, in Science, Vol. 258, pp. 744-746 (1992), the disclosure of which is incc,l~oldlcd herein by l,fclcllce in its ellLil~y.
In certain embo.l;...~ ;, it is desirable to incc,l~uldLe in the amphiphilic compositions mdLclials which colll~liOe, for example, a polymer, such as an alginic S acid polymer, that is covalently linked to a bioactive agent. An çx~mr)le of such a m~teri~l is n~lirlixic acid ~lgin~t~q in which a polymer (alginic acid) is covalently linked to a bioactive "~ l (n"li~lixir acid). Such materials are desirable in that it is believed they are capable of illl~JlUVill~3, and/or elllldllcillg the stability of the amphiphilir compositions, as well as providing a source of bioactive agent. It is 10 contemplated also that after ~ L~dLion, the materials are hydrolyzed in vivo, to bioactive agent (n~lirlixit~ acid) and polymer (alginic acid).
As with the stabilized ~ll~hi~hilic compositions, a wide variety of techniques also exist for the pl~d~dLion of stabilized ~mphiI~hilir formulations. For example, the formulations may be plc~dlcd from a llli~Lulc of ~mphirhilir compounds, 15 bioactive agent and gas or gaseuus precursor. In this case, stabilized compositions are pr~dlcd as described above in the ~l~,sellce of a bioactive agent. Thus, for example, micelles and liposomes can be plc~dled in the ~l~,se.lce of a bioactive agent. The c~llation can involve, for example, bubbling a gas dilccLly into an aqueous llli~lUlC
of the fluolilla~ed amphirhilir colllpuullds and additional ~ll~hil~hilir m,ltrri~l~, as 20 desired, and bioactive agent. ~llr-ll,livcly, the ~mphirhilir compositions may be ~lcfolllled from fluorinated amphip_ilic cc~l~uullds and gas or gaseous precursor. In tbe latter case, the bioaclivc agent is then added to the ~mphirhilir colll~osilion prior to use. For example, an aqueous ll~i~lul~, of liposomes and gas may be plc~aled to which the bioactive agent is added and which is ~gif"t~fl to provide the liposome formulation.
25 The liposome formulation is readily isolated also in that the gas- and/or bioactive agent-filled liposome vesicles generally float to the top of the aqueous solution. Excess bioactive agent can be recovered from the rem~ining aqueous solution.
The present amphiphilic compositions and/or formulations are suitable for diagnostic and/or therapeutic applications. In the case of diagnostic applications, 30 such as ultrasound, the amphiphilic compositions, which may further comprise a gaseous ~l~,culOOl, are ~1mini~tered to a patient. Energy, preferably in the form of ultrasonic energy, is applied to at least a portion of the patient to image a region, which may include targeted tissue. A visible image of an infrrn~l region of the patient is then obtained, such that the p.~ se,.ce or ~hspnre of ~ ç~ tissue can be ascertained.
Ultrasonic im~gin~ teehni~ s, inr.lll~ling second h~rmonir. im~in~, are S well known in the art, and are described, for example, in Uhl~n-lorf, "Physics of Ulllasuul~d Contrast Tm~ging: .~c~lle~ in the Linear Range", IEEE Transactions on Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics, and Frequency Control, Vol. 14(1), pp. 70-79 (1994) and .Cnth~o.rl~ntl, et al., " Color Doppler Myocardial Tm~ging: A New Technique for t-h-e ~e~m~nt of Myocardial Function", Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography, Vol. 7(5), pp. 441-458 (1994), the rli~c.losnres of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their ell~ ly.
With respect to th~_~apculic applications, the present ~mphirhilir formnl~tiQns can be used in either in vitro or in vivo appli~ .c. In the case of in vitro applications, including cell culture applications, the amphirhilir f~rmnl~ti~ns can 15 be added to the cells in cultures and then inr.~lb~trcl If desired, where li~osollles are employed, energy, such as sonic energy, may be applied to the culture media to burst the liposollles and release any Ih..L,~l~c--lir. agents.
With respect to in vivo applir~ti~mc~ the f )rm~ tinn~ of the present invention can be ~.h..;..i~ -cd to a patient in a variety of forms adapted to the chosen 20 route of ~fl...;..;.~i~aLion, inrln-ling, for example, pdlcll~ àl, oral, or hllLa~tlilollcâl.
rdicl~ dl ~ ;x~ on~ which is ~lcfell~d, inr.hl-:les ~ -dlion by the following routes: hlLIavclluus; i"~ r; ;..I~ lly; intra-arterially; sl~hL;~ .uu:~;
intraocular; intrasynovial; L~dlls~;lh~ l, inrln-ling tr~n~lerm~l; pulmonary viainh~l~tion; ophth~lmir.; sublingual and buccal; topically, inrln-ling ophth~lmir; ~e-rm~l;
25 ocular; rectal; and nasal inh~l~tinn via in~lffl~tion. Illlldv~l~us ~h~ dlion is ~fe~l~d among the routes of ~alc;ll~lal ~h..;,.;!i~.dlion.
After ve.cic -l~r forml~l~tiQns which cc,lll~lise a gas and bioactive agent and, optionally, a ~ dse.~us ~ ;ul~ol, have been ~ d to a patient, energ,v, preferably in the form of ultrasonic energy, can be applied to the target tissue to 30 identify the location of the vesicles. The applied energ,v may also be employed to effect release of the bioactive agent and to facilitate cellular uptake of the bioactive agent. As one skilled in the art would recognize, based on the present disclosure, this CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCTrUS96~7813 mf th~ rl of mP~ ting cellular uptake of bioactive agents with ultrasonic energy is preferably effected with tissues whose acoustic window pc,~ the ~ ion of ultrasonic energy. This is the case for most tissues in the body, inrln-ling, for example, muscle and organ tissues, such as the heart and liver, as well as most other 5 vital ~l~u~;Lu-~:s. With respect to brain tissue, it may be ~f'.Cf'~ y to create a "surgical window" by removing part of the skull, in~cmllrh as ullldsollic energy generally does not llal~lllil through bone. Illllavas~;ular and/or endoll-rnin~l ulllasuulld tr~nc~lllcers may be used to apply the ultrasound energy to selected tissues and/or sites in the body, for example, the aorta and the esophagus.
Fluorinated ~mphirhilic ft~rmnl~tions can be formnl~tf d to be sllffirif ntly stable in the v~cc -l~t--re such that they circulate throughout the body and provide blood pool equilibration. As one skilled in the art would recognize, based on the present disclosure, the formnl~tions~ inr~ ling those which colll~lise ~u~e~ions, em--lcic)ns and/or vesicles, such as liposomes and micelles, may be coated with certain materials 15 to ~ o uptake by the reticuloendothelial system. Suitable co~tingc include, for example, g~ngliosi(les and glycolipids w_ich bind c~rrh,.. ;-le moieties, such as glu~;ulullalt:, g~ ollale~ gululul~ , poly(ethylene glycol), poly(propylene glycol), polyvhlyl~yllolidone, poly(vinyl alcohol), dextran, starch, pho~hc,lylated and sulrol~td mono-, di-, tri-, oligo- and poly~àccllalides and albumin. Provided that the 20 circulation half-life of the formnl~tions is of a snmri~ont period of time, they will generally pass through the target tissue while passing through the body. In the case of form~ tions which colll~-ise a bioactive agent, energy, for example, sonic energy, may be focused on the tissue to be treated, for example, ~licf~cf~cl tissue. The bioactive agent will then be ~~lcased locally in the target tissue. The illVt;lllOl~i have found also 25 that antibodies, carbol-yd-al~;s, peptides, glyco~t~lides, glycolipids and lectins also assist in the ~ ~li~ of tissue. Accordingly, these m~tf ri~l~ may be incorporated into the fluorinated ~ .l.;philir f~rmnl~tions also.
DirÇf;.cll~ levels of energy are generally associated with diagnostic and thf ~ ir ultrasound. For example, the levels of energy associaL~d with diagnostic 30 UlLIasOulld are generally in~nffirient to cause rupture of vesicles and/or to facilitate release and cellular uptake of the bioactive agents. Moreover, ~i~gnnstir ultrasound involves the application of one or more pulses of sound. Pauses between pulses CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 ~""il~ the reflrctr~l sonic signals to be received and analyzed. The limited number of pulses used in ~1iAgnnsti~ ultrasound limits the effective energy which is delivered to the tissue that is being s~ d On the other hand, higher energy ultrasound, for example, nltrAcol~ntl S which is gelle,d~ed by Illcld~t;u~ic ultrasound eql~ipm~ont, is genrrAlly capable of ~
rupture of the vesicles. In ge~rAl, thc.d~cu~ic ultrasound mArhin~s use from about 10 to about 100% duty cycles, depending on the area of tissue to be treated with the ulL~souLd. Areas of the body which are generally çh~ c(~ l by larger amounts of muscle mass, for example, backs and thighs, as well as highly vA~c -l~ri7~o~1 tissues, 10 such as heart tissue, may require a larger duty cycle, for example, up to about 100%.
In ~ e~ r ultrasound, continuous wave ultrasound is used to deliver higher energy levels. For the rupture of vesicles, continuous wave ultrasound isprcfc,,cd, although the sound energy may be pulsed also. If pulsed sound energy is used, the sound will gen~rAlly be pulsed in echo train lengths of about 8 to about 20 or 15 more pulses at a time. Preferably, the echo train lengths are about 20 pulses at a time.
In addition, the frequency of the sound used may vary from about 0.25 to about 100 m.-g~hrrtz (~IHz). In general, frequency for Ih~ ~dl~ ultrasound ranges between about 0.75 and about 3 MHz are ~lcrcllcd with about 1 and about 2 MHz being morep~crcLlcd. In addition, energy levels may vary from about 0.5 Watt (W) per square 20 centimrt~r (cm2) to about 5.0 W/cm2, with energy levels of about 0.5 to about 2.5 W/cm2 being ~lcre~,d. Energy levels for theld~cu~ic ultrasound involving hy~ iA are genrrAlly from about S W/cm2 to about 50 W/cm2. For very small vesicles, for example, vesicles having a t~ -lrl of less than about 0.5 micron, higher frequencies of sound are generally ~lcrcllcd. This is becduse smaller vesicles are 25 capable of abso,l,i"g sonic energy more erÇc~lively at higher frequencies of sound.
When very high frequencies are used, for example, greater than about 10 MHz, thesonic energy will generally p~ fluids and tissues to a limited depth only. Thus, e~ctern~l application of the sonic energy may be suitable for skin and other superficial tissues. However, for deep ~Lluc~ulcS it is generally nPcessAry to focus the ultrasonic 30 energy so that it is p,cre,c~-lially directed within a focal zone. ~ltlornAtively, the ultrasonic energy may be applied via illLc,~LiLial probes, intravascular ultrasound c~thrters or endoluminal c~thrter.c. Such probes or r~th~ters may be used, for W O 96~9197 PCTrUS96/07813 example, in the esophagus for the ~ nosi~ and/or tr~tm~nt of esophageal cal.;illollla.
In ~d~lition to the theld~c.l~ic uses ~iig~ ed above, the present compo~iti- n~ can be employed in co.-.-P~-~ion with esophageal ca,-;i lullla or in the corollaly arteries for the tre~tm~nt of alllclosclerosis~ as well as the th~ ldl.e~l;r uses ~lescrihe<l, for example, in S U.S. Patent No. 5,149,319, the disclosures of which are hereby illcw~o~dted herein by .erc-c.lce in their ell~ile~y.
The useful dosage to be ~ ed and the particular mode of d~ion will vary depending upon such factors as the age, weight and the particular animal and region thereof to be treated, the particular amphiphilic compound 10 or cc,lll~uullds used, the plcsellce or absence of a bioactive agent, the ~ gnnstir or thc.d~cu~ic use coll~elllplated, and the form of the involved compositions, for example, micelle or liposome, as will be readily a~cll~ to those skilled in the art. Typically, dosage is ~ lcd at lower levels and illc-eased until the desirable therapeutic effect is achieved. The amount of ~mrhirhilir co.ll~oulld that is ~-lmi.~ lcd can vary lS and generally depends upon the amount of particular fluorinated ~mrhirhili~ compound and ~Mition~l amphirhilir- material, as desired, ~ cd.
The present invention is further described in the following examples.
Examples 1, 2 and 4 to 7 describe the ~lcp,..~inn of vesir~ r colll~o~iLions within the scope of the present invention. Example 1 also describes an evaluation of the ~JlC:~:iUl'~, 20 stability of a veciclll~r composition within the scope of the present invention and a composition ~ dlcd from a nonflllorin~trtl ~llpl~i~hilic compound. F.Y~mrle 3 describes the freeze-fracture analysis of ve~ir7ll~r compositions within the scope of the present invention. All of the examples are pn~hclic examples. These examples arefor ill~ ive purposes only, and are not to be construed as limiting the appended25 claims.
EXAMPLES
In the following examples, lcrelcllce to the compounds of formulas (V)(A), (V)(E) and (V)(F) are to the coll~ ollding compounds set forth in Table m above. In addition, "DPPC" in Example 1 refers to rlir~lmitoylphosphatidylcholine.
W O 96/39197 PCT~US96/07813 F,Y~rnp'~ 1 The cun~uu.ld of formula (V)(A) will be ~ ~cd using the procedures described hereinbefore. The cc~ uulld will be suspended, at a co~cel.lldLion of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:propylene glycol (8:1:1 wlwlw). The reslllting S mixture (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial. The head space in the vial will be replaced with p~rfl-lo~,~a.le gas and the vial will be sealed. The vial will be shaken for 5 ...;....lrs at 4,200 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) .ch~king al~pdlalus to provide perfluo,ù~u~ e gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) having a mean ~ m~ter of about 3 ,um. The gas-filled vesicles will be 10 stable for several weeks at room Lclll~cldlulc. This will be repeated except that the compound of formula (V)(A) is replaced with DPPC. The ~,cs~u,c stability of the veciclll~r composition Cûlll~ illg the fluorinated ~mrhirhile of formula (V)(A) and the composition cont~ining DPPC will be col,l~alcd in an acuu~Lic laboratory. The colll~o~ilions will be exposed to elevated pleS:!iUlC (300 mm Hg), and the loss in 15 ~ ion and b~r~ l between the compositions will be cOlll~ d. The vesi~ r composition colll~lish~g the flnorin~te(l ~mrhirhilir compound of formula (V)(A) will exhibit hll~lc,ved ~ UlC stability.
nr'F 2 The compound of formula (V)(F) will be ~lc~ucd as descrihed above.
20 A vesirlll~r composition COlll~ illg this cc,lll~uu~d will then be ~l~a~cd using the procedure described in Example 1 except that the collcclllldlion of the saline:glycerol:propylene glycol ~u~cnsion will be 1.25 mg/mL and the head space of the vial will be replaced with perfluurul~uL~le gas. The resllltin~ perfluorobutane gas-filled ve~irlll~r composition will exhibit improved ~lu~c~ies,in~ ing ~lC~UlC
25 stability.
~rnrl~ 3 Freeze-fracture electron miclusco~y (FFEM), using standard techniques, will be ~clrolllled on the vesicular compositions within the scope of the present invention and which were ~lc~aled in Examples 1 and 2. FFEM will show that the CA 02219~28 1997-10-27 WO 96/39197 PCTrUS96/07813 gas-filled vesicles of the present invention possess smooth walls having a thirl~-n~c.c of about a single bilayer.
Example 4 The compound of formula (V)(E) will be plc~alcd using the procedures 5 described above. A l~ Lul~ of the compound of formula (V)(E) (10 mg/mL) in normal saline with trehalose (20 mg/mL) and poloxamer F68 (polyoxyethylene-polyoxy~lo~ylene glycol block copolymer) (25 mg/mL) will be heated to 60~C and passed through a Microfl~ i7er (Mircofluidics Corp., Newton, MA) 20 times at 16,000 pSi. The reslllting veci~ r composition will be lyophili_ed and the head space 10 of the container in which the culll~o~ilion is stored will be in~tille-l gradually with nitrogen gas and reeqnilihrated to ambient ~)lCS:!iUlC over a period of 48 hours. The resllltin~ vesiclll~r composition will colll~lise gas (nitrogen) filled vesicles (liposomes) having a mean .li,..l.rl~ l of 200 nm. The vesicles can be stored dry until use, as desired, and can be rehydrated with sterile water and shaken prior to injection.
Example 5 The compound of formula (V)(E) will be ~lcpalcd as described above and suspended, at a cullce~ ion of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:
propylene glycol (8:1:1 wlwlw). The resnlting ll~ u~e (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial at 35~C. The head space in the vial will be replaced with perfluorvpcu~le gas and the vial will be sealed. The vial will be shaken for S minlltes at 4,200 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-Bug~ (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) ~h~king a~ alus while the l~lll~la~ul~ of the vial is ".~;"~ at 35~C. Perfluolv~ ~le gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) will be obtained.
FY~nple 6 Example 5 will be repeated except that the perfluoropentane gas is replaced with a ll~ul~ of perfluoiope~ gas and nitrogen gas (1:1 v/v). Cooling the reslllting liposomes to below 30~C may result in the condensation of the perfluolupell~le gas. However, the con~len~e~l perfluolupe~ ne will exist as a nanodroplet within the vesicles and can be vol~tili7~d by W~llPillg to provide the gas-W O 96/39197 PCTrUS9G1~7~13 filled vesicles. This W~ llillg can be caused by alLirlcial means ~c vivo or by the body IC111~C1~U1C of a patient after ~ iQn of the v~ r composition.
Example 7 The colll~lulld of formula (V)(F) will be pl~,~arcd as described above 5 and snspçn~ at a co.~ liQn of 1 mg/mL, in a solution of saline:glycerol:propylene glycol (7:1.5:1.5 wlwlw). The rçsll1ting llli~Lulc (1.5 mL) will be placed into a sterile 3 mL glass vial at 60~C. The head space in the vial will be replaced with perfluol.)h~-x 1i~~ gas at 60~C. The vial will be sealed and shaken for 5 ...i....~s at 4,400 r.p.m. on a Wig-L-BuglU (Crescent Dental, Lyons, IL) ~h~king 10 a~aldLus while the Lelll~cl~lulc of the vial is ...~ ;.i..Pd at 60~C. Perfluoroh~ n~-gas-filled vesicles (liposomes) will be obtained.
The disclosures of each patent, patent application and publication cited or described in this docllm~-nt are hereby incc,l~ol~-lcd by lcrclcllce, in their enLilcLy.
Various mf~flifir~tions of the invention, in addition to those described 15 herein, will be a~ lL to those skilled in the art from the foregoing descli~Lion.
Such mo~ tiQns are also intf nflf d to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (86)
1. A stabilized composition comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula wherein:
each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1;
each X1 is independently -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S;
Y is a direct bond or -X3-M(=O)(OR5)q-O-, where q is 1 or 2;
X3 is a direct bond or -O-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a saccharide residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3;
each R1 is independently alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 carbon;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons; and each of R4 and R5 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons; and each R6 is independently hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydrophilic polymer;
provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of R1 is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, and when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are 0.
each of x, y and z is independently 0 or 1;
each X1 is independently -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -NR4-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-;
X2 is O or S;
Y is a direct bond or -X3-M(=O)(OR5)q-O-, where q is 1 or 2;
X3 is a direct bond or -O-;
M is P or S;
Z is hydrogen, the residue of a hydrophilic polymer, a saccharide residue or -N(R6)r, where r is 2 or 3;
each R1 is independently alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons or fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons;
R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 10 carbon;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 10 carbons; and each of R4 and R5 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons; and each R6 is independently hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to about 8 carbons or a residue of a hydrophilic polymer;
provided that at least one of x, y and z is 1, at least one of R1 is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons, and when R2 is a direct bond, two of x, y and z are 0.
2. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein:
two of x, y and z are each 0.
two of x, y and z are each 0.
3. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein:
one of x, y and z is 0 or 1; and the other two of x, y and z are each 1.
one of x, y and z is 0 or 1; and the other two of x, y and z are each 1.
4. A composition according to Claim 3 wherein:
one of x, y and z is 0, and the other two of x, y and z are each 1.
one of x, y and z is 0, and the other two of x, y and z are each 1.
5. A composition according to Claim 3 wherein:
each of x, y and z is 1.
each of x, y and z is 1.
6. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein:
X2 is O.
X2 is O.
7. A composition according to Claim 6 wherein:
each X1 is independently -O-, -S-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-.
each X1 is independently -O-, -S-, -C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-O-, -O-C(=X2)-, -C(=X2)-NR4- or -NR4-C(=X2)-.
8. A composition according to Claim 7 wherein:
each X1 is independently -C(=X2)-O- or -O-C(=X2)-.
each X1 is independently -C(=X2)-O- or -O-C(=X2)-.
9. A composition according, to Claim 8 wherein:
X1 is-C(=X2)-O-.
X1 is-C(=X2)-O-.
10. A composition according to Claim 9 wherein:
Y is -X3-M(=O)(OR5)q-
Y is -X3-M(=O)(OR5)q-
11. A composition according to Claim 10 wherein:
q is 1, X3 is a direct bond, and M is P.
q is 1, X3 is a direct bond, and M is P.
12. A composition according to Claim 11 wherein:
Z is -N(R6)r.
Z is -N(R6)r.
13. A composition according to Claim 3 wherein:
at least one of R1 is alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and at least one of R1 is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
at least one of R1 is alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons and at least one of R1 is fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
14. A composition according to Claim 3 wherein:
each R1 is independently fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
each R1 is independently fluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
15. A composition according to Claim 3 wherein:
each R1 is independently polyfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
each R1 is independently polyfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
16. A composition according to Claim 15 wherein:
each R1 is independently perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
each R1 is independently perfluorinated alkyl of 1 to about 30 carbons.
17. A composition according to Claim 16 wherein:
R1 is CnF2n+1-(CH2)m-, where n is 1 to about 12 and m is 0 to about 18.
R1 is CnF2n+1-(CH2)m-, where n is 1 to about 12 and m is 0 to about 18.
18. A composition according to Claim 17 wherein:
n is about 2 to about 10 and m is about 2 to about 14.
n is about 2 to about 10 and m is about 2 to about 14.
19. A composition according to Claim 18 wherein:
n is about 4 to about 8 and m is about 4 to about 10.
n is about 4 to about 8 and m is about 4 to about 10.
20. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein:
- R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 4 carbons;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 4 carbons; and each of R4, R5 and R6 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons.
- R2 is a direct bond or an alkylene linking group of 1 to about 4 carbons;
R3 is a direct bond or an alkylene diradical of 1 to about 4 carbons; and each of R4, R5 and R6 is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to about 4 carbons.
21. A composition according, to Claim 20 wherein:
R2 is an alkylene linking group of about 3 carbons;
R3 is an alkylene diradical of about 2 carbons;
each of R4 and R5 is hydrogen; and R6 is hydrogen or methyl.
R2 is an alkylene linking group of about 3 carbons;
R3 is an alkylene diradical of about 2 carbons;
each of R4 and R5 is hydrogen; and R6 is hydrogen or methyl.
22. A composition according to Claim 21 wherein:
R2 is -CH2-CH-CH2-;
R3 is -CH2CH2-; and R6 is methyl.
R2 is -CH2-CH-CH2-;
R3 is -CH2CH2-; and R6 is methyl.
23. A composition according to Claim 1 which is a stabilized vesicular composition.
24. A composition according to Claim 23 wherein said vesicles are selected from the group consisting of micelles and liposomes.
25. A composition according to Claim 23 wherein said vesicles comprise gas-filled vesicles.
26. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein said gas is selected from the group consisting of air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, fluorine, helium, argon, xenon and neon.
27. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein said gas comprises a fluorinated gas.
28. A composition according to Claim 27 wherein said fluorinated gas is selected from the group consisting of a perfluorocarbon gas and sulfur hexafluoride.
29. A composition according to Claim 28 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoromethane, perfluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane and perfluorocyclobutane.
30. A composition according to Claim 29 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane .
31. A composition according to Claim 30 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas comprises perfluoropropane.
32. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein said gas is derived, at least in part, from a gaseous precursor.
33. A composition according to Claim 1 further comprising a gaseous precursor.
34. A composition according to Claim 33 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises a perfluorocarbon having a boiling point of greater than about room temperature.
35. A composition according to Claim 34 wherein said gaseous precursor is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane and perfluorooctane.
36. A composition according to Claim 35 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises perfluoropentane.
37. A composition according to Claim 1 further comprising a bioactive agent.
38. A composition according to Claim 1 which is for diagnostic imaging.
39. A composition according to Claim 38 wherein said imaging comprises ultrasound.
40. A composition comprising, in combination with a gas, a compound of the formula wherein:
m is 0 to about 18;
n is 1 to about 12; and w is 1 to about 8.
m is 0 to about 18;
n is 1 to about 12; and w is 1 to about 8.
41. A composition according to Claim 40 wherein m is about 2 to about 14;
n is about 2 to about 10; and w is 1 to about 4.
n is about 2 to about 10; and w is 1 to about 4.
42 A composition according to Claim 41 wherein m is about 4 to about 10;
n is about 4 to about 8; and w is about 2.
n is about 4 to about 8; and w is about 2.
43. A composition according to Claim 40 which is a stabilized vesicular composition.
44. A composition according to Claim 43 wherein said vesicles are selected from the group consisting of micelles and liposomes.
45 A composition according to Claim 43 wherein said vesicles comprises gas-filled vesicles.
46. A composition according to Claim 40 wherein said gas is selected from the group consisting of air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, fluorine, helium, argon, xenon and neon.
47. A composition according, to Claim 40 wherein 1 said gas comprises a fluorinated gas.
48. A composition according to Claim 47 wherein said fluorinated gas is selected from the group consisting of a perfluorocarbon gas and sulfur hexafluoride.
49. A composition according to Claim 48 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoromethane, perfluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane and perfluorocyclobutane.
50. A composition according to Claim 49 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane .
51. A composition according to Claim 50 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas comprises perfluoropropane.
52. A composition according to Claim 40 wherein said gas is derived, at least in part, from a gaseous precursor.
53. A composition according to Claim 40 further comprising a gaseous precursor.
54. A composition according to Claim 53 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises a perfluorocarbon having a boiling point of greater than about room temperature.
55. A composition according to Claim 54 wherein said gaseous precursor is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane and perfluorooctane.
56. A composition according to Claim 55 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises perfluoropentane.
57. A composition according to Claim 40 further comprising a bioactive agent.
58. A stabilized composition comprising a gas and a sulfonated or phosphorylated fluorinated amphiphilic compound.
59. A composition according to Claim 58 which is a stabilized vesicular composition.
60. A composition according to Claim 59 wherein said vesicles are selected from the group consisting of micelles and liposomes.
61. A composition according to Claim 59 wherein said vesicles comprise gas-filled vesicles.
62. A composition according to Claim 58 wherein said gas is selected from the group consisting of air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, fluorine, helium, argon, xenon and neon.
63. A composition according to Claim 58 wherein said gas comprises a fluorinated gas.
64. A composition according to Claim 63 wherein said fluorinated gas is selected from the group consisting of a perfluorocarbon gas and sulfur hexafluoride.
65. A composition according to Claim 64 wherein said perfluorocarbon gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoromethane, perfluoroethane, perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane and perfluorocyclobutane.
66. A composition according to Claim 65 wherein said gas is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane.
67. A composition according to Claim 66 wherein said gas comprises perfluoropropane.
68. A composition according to Claim 58 wherein said fluorinated amphiphilic compound comprises a fluorinated lipid.
69. A composition according to Claim 68 wherein said fluorinated lipid comprises a fluorinated phospholipid.
70. A composition according to Claim 69 wherein an organic chain of said phospholipid is fluorinated.
71. A composition according to Claim 70 wherein said fluorinated phospholipid comprises a fluorinated monochain phospholipid.
72. A composition according to Claim 70 wherein said fluorinated phospholipid comprises a fluorinated polychain phospholipid.
73. A composition according to Claim 72 wherein at least one of said chains is nonfluorinated.
74. A composition according to Claim 58 further comprising a gaseous precursor.
75. A composition according to Claim 74 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises a perfluorocarbon having a boiling point of greater than about room temperature.
76. A composition according to Claim 75 wherein said gaseous precursor is selected from the group consisting of perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane and perfluorooctane.
77. A composition according to Claim 76 wherein said gaseous precursor comprises perfluoropentane.
78. A composition according to Claim 59 further comprising a bioactive agent.
79. A composition according to Claim 78 wherein said bioactive agent is substantially entrapped in said vesicles.
80. A stabilized composition consisting essentially of a gas and a fluorinated amphiphilic compound.
81. A stabilized composition consisting of a gas and a fluorinated amphiphilic compound.
82. A method for the preparation of a stabilized composition of a fluorinated amphiphilic compound and a gas comprising agitating an aqueous mixture of a fluorinated amphiphilic compound in the presence of a gas.
83. A method of providing an image of an internal region of a patient comprising (i) administering to the patient a contrast medium comprising a stabilized composition comprising a gas and a fluorinated amphiphilic compound, and (ii) scanning the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of the region.
84. A method of providing an image of an internal region of a patient comprising(i) administering to the patient a vesicular composition comprising, in an aqueous carrier, vesicles comprising a fluorinated amphiphilic compound and a gas or gaseous precursor; and (ii) scanning the patient using ultrasound to obtain a visible image of any diseased tissue in the patient.
85. A method for diagnosing the presence of diseased tissue in a patient comprising (i) administering to the patient a contrast medium comprising a stabilized composition comprising a gas and a fluorinated amphiphilic compound, and (ii) scanning the patient using ultrasound to obtain visible images of any diseased tissue in the patient.
86. A method for the therapeutic delivery in vivo of a bioactive agent comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a formulation which comprises, in combination with a bioactive agent, a stabilizedcomposition of a fluorinated amphiphilic compound and a gas.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/465,868 US5997898A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1995-06-06 | Stabilized compositions of fluorinated amphiphiles for methods of therapeutic delivery |
US08/465,868 | 1995-06-06 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2219528A1 true CA2219528A1 (en) | 1996-12-12 |
Family
ID=23849505
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002219528A Abandoned CA2219528A1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-05-28 | Stabilized compositions of fluorinated amphiphiles as contrast agents for ultrasound |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US5997898A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0831927A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001517192A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1185744A (en) |
AU (1) | AU715681B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2219528A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996039197A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6088613A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 2000-07-11 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Method of magnetic resonance focused surgical and therapeutic ultrasound |
US5205290A (en) | 1991-04-05 | 1993-04-27 | Unger Evan C | Low density microspheres and their use as contrast agents for computed tomography |
US6743779B1 (en) * | 1994-11-29 | 2004-06-01 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods for delivering compounds into a cell |
US6521211B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2003-02-18 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. | Methods of imaging and treatment with targeted compositions |
WO1997040679A1 (en) * | 1996-05-01 | 1997-11-06 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods for delivering compounds into a cell |
US6331289B1 (en) | 1996-10-28 | 2001-12-18 | Nycomed Imaging As | Targeted diagnostic/therapeutic agents having more than one different vectors |
US20070036722A1 (en) * | 1996-10-28 | 2007-02-15 | Pal Rongved | Separation processes |
DE19709704C2 (en) | 1997-03-10 | 1999-11-04 | Michael Georgieff | Use of a liquid preparation of xenon for intravenous administration when inducing and / or maintaining anesthesia |
US6120751A (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2000-09-19 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Charged lipids and uses for the same |
US6143276A (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2000-11-07 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods for delivering bioactive agents to regions of elevated temperatures |
US6537246B1 (en) * | 1997-06-18 | 2003-03-25 | Imarx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oxygen delivery agents and uses for the same |
US6090800A (en) | 1997-05-06 | 2000-07-18 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Lipid soluble steroid prodrugs |
GB9708240D0 (en) * | 1997-04-23 | 1997-06-11 | Nycomed Imaging As | Improvements in or relating to contrast agents |
US6416740B1 (en) | 1997-05-13 | 2002-07-09 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. | Acoustically active drug delivery systems |
GB9717542D0 (en) * | 1997-08-19 | 1997-10-22 | Nycomed Imaging As | Process |
US6548047B1 (en) | 1997-09-15 | 2003-04-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. | Thermal preactivation of gaseous precursor filled compositions |
US20010003580A1 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 2001-06-14 | Poh K. Hui | Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend |
CA2337361C (en) * | 1998-07-13 | 2010-11-16 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Targeted site specific drug delivery compositions and method of use |
WO2000021578A1 (en) | 1998-10-12 | 2000-04-20 | Mallinckrodt Inc. | Novel ultrasound contrast agents |
US7294511B2 (en) * | 2001-03-22 | 2007-11-13 | Chromos Molecular Systems, Inc. | Methods for delivering nucleic acid molecules into cells and assessment thereof |
GB0118364D0 (en) * | 2001-07-27 | 2001-09-19 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Compounds |
US7025726B2 (en) | 2004-01-22 | 2006-04-11 | The Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Detection of endothelial dysfunction by ultrasonic imaging |
DK2574341T3 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2017-06-26 | Univ South Florida | Effective treatment of tumors and cancer with triciribin phosphate |
JP4992071B2 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2012-08-08 | 国立大学法人 鹿児島大学 | Composition and device for introduction of bioactive agents into ocular tissue |
KR100633537B1 (en) * | 2005-08-04 | 2006-10-13 | 한국과학기술원 | Time division sampling dac for flat panel display drivers and embodiment method of it and data driving circuit using of it |
US7887835B2 (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2011-02-15 | Fujifilm Corporation | Compound comprising a fluorine-substituted alkyl group and a liposome contrast medium comprising the compound |
JP4931527B2 (en) * | 2006-09-20 | 2012-05-16 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Fluorinated phosphatidylserine compounds |
GB0811856D0 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2008-07-30 | Ucl Business Plc | Magnetic microbubbles, methods of preparing them and their uses |
CN102307920B (en) | 2009-02-05 | 2014-09-03 | 阿科玛股份有限公司 | Fibers sized with polyetherketoneketones |
WO2011019419A1 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2011-02-17 | Arizona Board Of Regents, A Body Corporate Of The State Of Arizona Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Carbohydrate-mediated tumor targeting |
JP6196986B2 (en) | 2012-01-13 | 2017-09-13 | ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション | Anesthetic compounds and related methods of use |
WO2014145109A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Arizona Board Of Regents, For And On Behalf Of, Arizona State University | Sugar-linker-drug conjugates |
US10046068B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-08-14 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Saccharide conjugates |
ES2927884T3 (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2022-11-11 | Exact Therapeutics As | Ultrasound-mediated drug delivery |
WO2016109400A2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2016-07-07 | Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. | Lipid-encapsulated gas microsphere compositions and related methods |
AU2017260532A1 (en) | 2016-05-04 | 2018-11-22 | Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. | Methods and devices for preparation of ultrasound contrast agents |
US9789210B1 (en) | 2016-07-06 | 2017-10-17 | Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. | Methods for making ultrasound contrast agents |
WO2019023706A1 (en) * | 2017-07-28 | 2019-01-31 | The Penn State Research Foundation | Ultrasound-sensitive peptide particles for spatially resolved molecule delivery |
JP2023504232A (en) | 2019-10-25 | 2023-02-02 | イグザクト・セラピューティクス・アーエス | pancreatic cancer treatment |
GB2595513B (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2023-03-29 | Act Therapeutics Ltd | Treatment of infections |
Family Cites Families (205)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3015128A (en) * | 1960-08-18 | 1962-01-02 | Southwest Res Inst | Encapsulating apparatus |
NL302030A (en) | 1962-12-21 | 1900-01-01 | ||
US3291843A (en) * | 1963-10-08 | 1966-12-13 | Du Pont | Fluorinated vinyl ethers and their preparation |
BE661981A (en) * | 1964-04-03 | |||
US3594326A (en) * | 1964-12-03 | 1971-07-20 | Ncr Co | Method of making microscopic capsules |
US3968203A (en) * | 1965-10-01 | 1976-07-06 | Jerome G. Spitzer | Aerosol astringent composition |
US3488714A (en) * | 1966-09-19 | 1970-01-06 | Dow Chemical Co | Formed laminate structure and method of preparation |
US3615972A (en) * | 1967-04-28 | 1971-10-26 | Dow Chemical Co | Expansible thermoplastic polymer particles containing volatile fluid foaming agent and method of foaming the same |
US3532500A (en) * | 1967-07-25 | 1970-10-06 | Eastman Kodak Co | Light sensitive vesicular composition comprising an azido-s-triazine compound |
US3557294A (en) * | 1967-10-12 | 1971-01-19 | Allied Chem | Fluorinated ethers as inhalation convulsants |
US3479811A (en) * | 1967-11-29 | 1969-11-25 | Dow Chemical Co | Yarn and method of making the same |
US3732172A (en) * | 1968-02-28 | 1973-05-08 | Ncr Co | Process for making minute capsules and prefabricated system useful therein |
US3650831A (en) * | 1969-03-10 | 1972-03-21 | Armour Dial Inc | Method of cleaning surfaces |
US4027007A (en) * | 1970-12-09 | 1977-05-31 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Antiperspirants formulated with borax |
US3873564A (en) * | 1971-03-03 | 1975-03-25 | Synvar Ass | 2-Imidazolinyl-3-oxide-1-oxypropionic acid |
US4108806A (en) * | 1971-12-06 | 1978-08-22 | The Dow Chemical Company | Thermoplastic expandable microsphere process and product |
US4179546A (en) * | 1972-08-28 | 1979-12-18 | The Dow Chemical Company | Method for expanding microspheres and expandable composition |
US3960583A (en) * | 1974-05-02 | 1976-06-01 | Philadelphia Quartz Company | Method of preparing modified hollow, largely spherical particles by spray drying |
CH588887A5 (en) * | 1974-07-19 | 1977-06-15 | Battelle Memorial Institute | |
US3945956A (en) * | 1975-06-23 | 1976-03-23 | The Dow Chemical Company | Polymerization of styrene acrylonitrile expandable microspheres |
US4138383A (en) * | 1975-11-24 | 1979-02-06 | California Institute Of Technology | Preparation of small bio-compatible microspheres |
GB1523965A (en) * | 1976-03-19 | 1978-09-06 | Ici Ltd | Pharmaceutical compositions containing steroids |
US4162282A (en) * | 1976-04-22 | 1979-07-24 | Coulter Electronics, Inc. | Method for producing uniform particles |
GB1599881A (en) * | 1977-02-02 | 1981-10-07 | Millington A R | Preparation for diagnostic radiology |
CH624011A5 (en) * | 1977-08-05 | 1981-07-15 | Battelle Memorial Institute | |
CH621479A5 (en) * | 1977-08-05 | 1981-02-13 | Battelle Memorial Institute | |
US4192859A (en) * | 1978-09-29 | 1980-03-11 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Contrast media containing liposomes as carriers |
US4310506A (en) * | 1979-02-22 | 1982-01-12 | California Institute Of Technology | Means of preparation and applications of liposomes containing high concentrations of entrapped ionic species |
US4276885A (en) * | 1979-05-04 | 1981-07-07 | Rasor Associates, Inc | Ultrasonic image enhancement |
US4265251A (en) * | 1979-06-28 | 1981-05-05 | Rasor Associates, Inc. | Method of determining pressure within liquid containing vessel |
US4310505A (en) * | 1979-11-08 | 1982-01-12 | California Institute Of Technology | Lipid vesicles bearing carbohydrate surfaces as lymphatic directed vehicles for therapeutic and diagnostic substances |
US4342826A (en) * | 1980-02-04 | 1982-08-03 | Collaborative Research, Inc. | Immunoassay products and methods |
US4421562A (en) * | 1980-04-13 | 1983-12-20 | Pq Corporation | Manufacturing process for hollow microspheres |
US4344929A (en) * | 1980-04-25 | 1982-08-17 | Alza Corporation | Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use |
US4315514A (en) * | 1980-05-08 | 1982-02-16 | William Drewes | Method and apparatus for selective cell destruction |
US4331654A (en) * | 1980-06-13 | 1982-05-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Magnetically-localizable, biodegradable lipid microspheres |
US4681119A (en) * | 1980-11-17 | 1987-07-21 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Method of production and use of microbubble precursors |
US4442843A (en) * | 1980-11-17 | 1984-04-17 | Schering, Ag | Microbubble precursors and methods for their production and use |
DE3173476D1 (en) | 1980-11-17 | 1986-02-20 | Schering Ag | Composition generating microbubbles |
US4657756A (en) * | 1980-11-17 | 1987-04-14 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Microbubble precursors and apparatus for their production and use |
US4420442A (en) * | 1981-04-13 | 1983-12-13 | Pq Corporation | Manufacturing process for hollow microspheres |
US4533254A (en) * | 1981-04-17 | 1985-08-06 | Biotechnology Development Corporation | Apparatus for forming emulsions |
EP0068961A3 (en) * | 1981-06-26 | 1983-02-02 | Thomson-Csf | Apparatus for the local heating of biological tissue |
US4534899A (en) * | 1981-07-20 | 1985-08-13 | Lipid Specialties, Inc. | Synthetic phospholipid compounds |
US4426330A (en) * | 1981-07-20 | 1984-01-17 | Lipid Specialties, Inc. | Synthetic phospholipid compounds |
US4569836A (en) * | 1981-08-27 | 1986-02-11 | Gordon Robert T | Cancer treatment by intracellular hyperthermia |
WO1983001068A1 (en) * | 1981-09-23 | 1983-03-31 | Baker, Alfred, George | Hollow, bilayered silicate microspheres |
DE3141641A1 (en) * | 1981-10-16 | 1983-04-28 | Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen | ULTRASONIC CONTRAST AGENTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION |
BR8107560A (en) * | 1981-11-19 | 1983-07-05 | Luiz Romariz Duarte | ULTRASONIC STIMULATION OF BONE FRACTURE CONSOLIDATION |
US4540629A (en) * | 1982-04-08 | 1985-09-10 | Pq Corporation | Hollow microspheres with organosilicon-silicate walls |
DE3225848A1 (en) * | 1982-07-07 | 1984-01-19 | Schering AG, 1000 Berlin und 4709 Bergkamen | PREPARATION OF CORTICOIDS FOR TOPICAL APPLICATION |
FR2534487B1 (en) | 1982-10-15 | 1988-06-10 | Dior Christian Parfums | METHOD FOR THE HOMOGENEIZATION OF HYDRATED LIPIDAL LAMELLAR PHASE DISPERSIONS, AND SUSPENSIONS OBTAINED THEREBY |
DE3374522D1 (en) * | 1982-10-26 | 1987-12-23 | University Of Aberdeen | |
US4603044A (en) * | 1983-01-06 | 1986-07-29 | Technology Unlimited, Inc. | Hepatocyte Directed Vesicle delivery system |
US4731239A (en) * | 1983-01-10 | 1988-03-15 | Gordon Robert T | Method for enhancing NMR imaging; and diagnostic use |
US4718433A (en) * | 1983-01-27 | 1988-01-12 | Feinstein Steven B | Contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging |
US4572203A (en) * | 1983-01-27 | 1986-02-25 | Feinstein Steven B | Contact agents for ultrasonic imaging |
US4775522A (en) * | 1983-03-04 | 1988-10-04 | Children's Hospital Research Foundation, A Division Of Children's Hospital Medical Center | NMR compositions for indirectly detecting a dissolved gas in an animal |
US4981692A (en) * | 1983-03-24 | 1991-01-01 | The Liposome Company, Inc. | Therapeutic treatment by intramammary infusion |
US5141738A (en) | 1983-04-15 | 1992-08-25 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic contrast medium comprising gas bubbles and solid lipophilic surfactant-containing microparticles and use thereof |
US4544545A (en) * | 1983-06-20 | 1985-10-01 | Trustees University Of Massachusetts | Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting |
US4900540A (en) * | 1983-06-20 | 1990-02-13 | Trustees Of The University Of Massachusetts | Lipisomes containing gas for ultrasound detection |
US4615879A (en) * | 1983-11-14 | 1986-10-07 | Vanderbilt University | Particulate NMR contrast agents for gastrointestinal application |
FR2563725B1 (en) * | 1984-05-03 | 1988-07-15 | Dory Jacques | APPARATUS FOR EXAMINING AND LOCATING ULTRASONIC TUMORS WITH A LOCALIZED HYPERTHERMAL TREATMENT DEVICE |
DE3585967D1 (en) * | 1984-03-08 | 1992-06-11 | Phares Pharma Holland | LIPOSOME FORMING COMPOSITION. |
GB8407557D0 (en) * | 1984-03-23 | 1984-05-02 | Hayward J A | Polymeric lipsomes |
US4728575A (en) * | 1984-04-27 | 1988-03-01 | Vestar, Inc. | Contrast agents for NMR imaging |
US5008109A (en) * | 1984-05-25 | 1991-04-16 | Vestar, Inc. | Vesicle stabilization |
US5008050A (en) * | 1984-06-20 | 1991-04-16 | The Liposome Company, Inc. | Extrusion technique for producing unilamellar vesicles |
US4620546A (en) * | 1984-06-30 | 1986-11-04 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Ultrasound hyperthermia apparatus |
SE8403905D0 (en) * | 1984-07-30 | 1984-07-30 | Draco Ab | LIPOSOMES AND STEROID ESTERS |
US4789501A (en) * | 1984-11-19 | 1988-12-06 | The Curators Of The University Of Missouri | Glass microspheres |
US4921706A (en) * | 1984-11-20 | 1990-05-01 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Unilamellar lipid vesicles and method for their formation |
US4830858A (en) * | 1985-02-11 | 1989-05-16 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Spray-drying method for preparing liposomes and products produced thereby |
US4689986A (en) * | 1985-03-13 | 1987-09-01 | The University Of Michigan | Variable frequency gas-bubble-manipulating apparatus and method |
US5186922A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1993-02-16 | See/Shell Biotechnology, Inc. | Use of biodegradable microspheres labeled with imaging energy constrast materials |
US4663161A (en) * | 1985-04-22 | 1987-05-05 | Mannino Raphael J | Liposome methods and compositions |
WO1986006959A1 (en) * | 1985-05-22 | 1986-12-04 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposome inhalation method and system |
DE3677112D1 (en) | 1985-08-12 | 1991-02-28 | Battelle Memorial Institute | POROESE FILTRATION GLASS BALLS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF. |
US4684479A (en) * | 1985-08-14 | 1987-08-04 | Arrigo Joseph S D | Surfactant mixtures, stable gas-in-liquid emulsions, and methods for the production of such emulsions from said mixtures |
US4938947A (en) * | 1985-11-01 | 1990-07-03 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique (Cnrs) | Aerosol composition for in vivo imaging |
US4987154A (en) * | 1986-01-14 | 1991-01-22 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Biocompatible, stable and concentrated fluorocarbon emulsions for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport in internal animal use |
US4927623A (en) * | 1986-01-14 | 1990-05-22 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Dissolution of gas in a fluorocarbon liquid |
US4865836A (en) * | 1986-01-14 | 1989-09-12 | Fluoromed Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Brominated perfluorocarbon emulsions for internal animal use for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport |
DE3785054T2 (en) | 1986-01-24 | 1993-07-08 | Childrens Hosp Medical Center | STABLE EMULSIONS OF STRONGLY FLUORED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. |
US4737323A (en) * | 1986-02-13 | 1988-04-12 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposome extrusion method |
US4834964A (en) * | 1986-03-07 | 1989-05-30 | M.R.I., Inc. | Use of charged nitroxides as NMR image enhancing agents for CSF |
JPH0751496B2 (en) * | 1986-04-02 | 1995-06-05 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Manufacturing method of liposome |
DE3614657A1 (en) | 1986-04-30 | 1987-11-05 | Dornier Medizintechnik | LIPID VESICLES CONTAINING PHARMAKA, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND INTRODUCTION THEREOF IN THE BODY OF A LIVING BEING AND RELEASE OF THE PHARMACA CONTAINING IN THE LIPID VESICLES |
FR2602774B1 (en) * | 1986-07-29 | 1990-10-19 | Atta | NOVEL POLYHYDROXYLATED AND PERFLUOROALKYLATED AMPHIPHILIC MOLECULES HAVING SURFACTANT PROPERTIES |
US4728578A (en) * | 1986-08-13 | 1988-03-01 | The Lubrizol Corporation | Compositions containing basic metal salts and/or non-Newtonian colloidal disperse systems and vinyl aromatic containing polymers |
US4776991A (en) * | 1986-08-29 | 1988-10-11 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Scaled-up production of liposome-encapsulated hemoglobin |
US4781871A (en) * | 1986-09-18 | 1988-11-01 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | High-concentration liposome processing method |
US4769241A (en) * | 1986-09-23 | 1988-09-06 | Alpha Therapeutic Corporation | Apparatus and process for oxygenation of liquid state dissolved oxygen-carrying formulation |
ZW11287A1 (en) * | 1986-11-04 | 1989-01-25 | Aeci Ltd | Process for the production of an explosive |
DE3637926C1 (en) | 1986-11-05 | 1987-11-26 | Schering Ag | Ultrasonic manometry in a liquid using microbubbles |
US5049388A (en) | 1986-11-06 | 1991-09-17 | Research Development Foundation | Small particle aerosol liposome and liposome-drug combinations for medical use |
US4863717A (en) * | 1986-11-10 | 1989-09-05 | The State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The University Of Oregon | Methods for circumventing the problem of free radial reduction associated with the use of stable nitroxide free radicals as contrast agents for magnetic reasonance imaging |
US4933121A (en) * | 1986-12-10 | 1990-06-12 | Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. | Process for forming liposomes |
DK175531B1 (en) | 1986-12-15 | 2004-11-22 | Nexstar Pharmaceuticals Inc | Delivery vehicle with amphiphil-associated active ingredient |
CA1321048C (en) * | 1987-03-05 | 1993-08-10 | Robert W. J. Lencki | Microspheres and method of producing same |
US5000960A (en) * | 1987-03-13 | 1991-03-19 | Micro-Pak, Inc. | Protein coupling to lipid vesicles |
US5219538A (en) | 1987-03-13 | 1993-06-15 | Micro-Pak, Inc. | Gas and oxygen carrying lipid vesicles |
ES2026257T3 (en) * | 1987-06-23 | 1992-04-16 | Hafslund Nycomed Innovation Ab | IMPROVEMENTS INTRODUCED IN THE PRESENTATION OF IMAGES BY NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE. |
US5354549A (en) | 1987-07-24 | 1994-10-11 | Nycomed Imaging As | Iodinated esters |
IE61591B1 (en) | 1987-12-29 | 1994-11-16 | Molecular Biosystems Inc | Concentrated stabilized microbubble-type ultrasonic imaging agent and method of production |
US4844882A (en) * | 1987-12-29 | 1989-07-04 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Concentrated stabilized microbubble-type ultrasonic imaging agent |
IE66912B1 (en) | 1988-02-05 | 1996-02-07 | Schering Ag | Ultrasonic contrast agents process for their preparation and their use as diagnostic and therapeutic agents |
US5425366A (en) | 1988-02-05 | 1995-06-20 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic contrast agents for color Doppler imaging |
US4898734A (en) * | 1988-02-29 | 1990-02-06 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Polymer composite for controlled release or membrane formation |
DE3812816A1 (en) | 1988-04-16 | 1989-11-02 | Lawaczeck Ruediger Dipl Phys P | METHOD FOR SOLUBILIZING LIPOSOMES AND / OR BIOLOGICAL MEMBRANES AND THE USE THEREOF |
US5171755A (en) | 1988-04-29 | 1992-12-15 | Hemagen/Pfc | Emulsions of highly fluorinated organic compounds |
US4893624A (en) * | 1988-06-21 | 1990-01-16 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Diffuse focus ultrasound hyperthermia system |
US4993415A (en) * | 1988-08-19 | 1991-02-19 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Magnetic resonance imaging with perfluorocarbon hydrides |
US5045304A (en) | 1988-08-31 | 1991-09-03 | Wayne State University | Contras agent having an imaging agent coupled to viable granulocytes for use in magnetic resonance imaging of abscess and a method of preparing and using same |
US5410516A (en) | 1988-09-01 | 1995-04-25 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic processes and circuits for performing them |
US4957656A (en) * | 1988-09-14 | 1990-09-18 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Continuous sonication method for preparing protein encapsulated microbubbles |
IL91664A (en) | 1988-09-28 | 1993-05-13 | Yissum Res Dev Co | Ammonium transmembrane gradient system for efficient loading of liposomes with amphipathic drugs and their controlled release |
FR2637182B1 (en) | 1988-10-03 | 1992-11-06 | Lvmh Rech | COMPOSITIONS BASED ON HYDRATED LIPID LAMID PHASES OR LIPOSOMES CONTAINING AN ECDYSTEROID, PREFERABLY ECDYSTERONE, OR A DERIVATIVE THEREOF; AND COSMETIC, PHARMACEUTICAL, ESPECIALLY DERMATOLOGICAL, SERICULTURE OR PHYTOSANITARY COMPOSITIONS INCORPORATING THE SAME |
US5114703A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1992-05-19 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Percutaneous lymphography using particulate fluorocarbon emulsions |
AU639008B2 (en) | 1989-06-22 | 1993-07-15 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corporation | Fluorine and phosphorous-containing amphiphilic molecules with surfactant properties |
US5019370A (en) * | 1989-07-10 | 1991-05-28 | University Of Kentucky Research Foundation | Biodegradable, low biological toxicity radiographic contrast medium and method of x-ray imaging |
US5194266A (en) | 1989-08-08 | 1993-03-16 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Amphotericin B/cholesterol sulfate composition and method |
US5013556A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1991-05-07 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US5620689A (en) | 1989-10-20 | 1997-04-15 | Sequus Pharmaceuuticals, Inc. | Liposomes for treatment of B-cell and T-cell disorders |
US5334381A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1994-08-02 | Unger Evan C | Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same |
US5230882A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1993-07-27 | Unger Evan C | Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same |
US5585112A (en) * | 1989-12-22 | 1996-12-17 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Method of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres |
US5305757A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1994-04-26 | Unger Evan C | Gas filled liposomes and their use as ultrasonic contrast agents |
US5209720A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1993-05-11 | Unger Evan C | Methods for providing localized therapeutic heat to biological tissues and fluids using gas filled liposomes |
US5149319A (en) | 1990-09-11 | 1992-09-22 | Unger Evan C | Methods for providing localized therapeutic heat to biological tissues and fluids |
US5469854A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1995-11-28 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes |
US5352435A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1994-10-04 | Unger Evan C | Ionophore containing liposomes for ultrasound imaging |
US5542935A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1996-08-06 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Therapeutic delivery systems related applications |
US5228446A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1993-07-20 | Unger Evan C | Gas filled liposomes and their use as ultrasonic contrast agents |
US5123414A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1992-06-23 | Unger Evan C | Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same |
US5088499A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1992-02-18 | Unger Evan C | Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same |
DE4004430A1 (en) | 1990-02-09 | 1991-08-14 | Schering Ag | CONSTRUCTED POLYALDEHYDE CONSTITUENTS |
US5556610A (en) | 1992-01-24 | 1996-09-17 | Bracco Research S.A. | Gas mixtures useful as ultrasound contrast media, contrast agents containing the media and method |
US5578292A (en) | 1991-11-20 | 1996-11-26 | Bracco International B.V. | Long-lasting aqueous dispersions or suspensions of pressure-resistant gas-filled microvesicles and methods for the preparation thereof |
US5445813A (en) | 1992-11-02 | 1995-08-29 | Bracco International B.V. | Stable microbubble suspensions as enhancement agents for ultrasound echography |
IN172208B (en) | 1990-04-02 | 1993-05-01 | Sint Sa | |
US5672585A (en) | 1990-04-06 | 1997-09-30 | La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation | Method and composition for treating thrombosis |
US5358702A (en) | 1990-04-10 | 1994-10-25 | Unger Evan C | Methoxylated gel particle contrast media for improved diagnostic imaging |
US5078994A (en) | 1990-04-12 | 1992-01-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | Microgel drug delivery system |
US5205287A (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1993-04-27 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic contrast agents, processes for their preparation and the use thereof as diagnostic and therapeutic agents |
US5137928A (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1992-08-11 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic contrast agents, processes for their preparation and the use thereof as diagnostic and therapeutic agents |
US5190982A (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1993-03-02 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Ultrasonic contrast agents, processes for their preparation and the use thereof as diagnostic and therapeutic agents |
AU636481B2 (en) | 1990-05-18 | 1993-04-29 | Bracco International B.V. | Polymeric gas or air filled microballoons usable as suspensions in liquid carriers for ultrasonic echography |
US5196348A (en) | 1990-06-11 | 1993-03-23 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Perfluoro-crown ethers in fluorine magnetic resonance spectroscopy of biopsied tissue |
US5315997A (en) | 1990-06-19 | 1994-05-31 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Method of magnetic resonance imaging using diamagnetic contrast |
US5215680A (en) | 1990-07-10 | 1993-06-01 | Cavitation-Control Technology, Inc. | Method for the production of medical-grade lipid-coated microbubbles, paramagnetic labeling of such microbubbles and therapeutic uses of microbubbles |
IL95743A (en) | 1990-09-19 | 1993-02-21 | Univ Ramot | Method of measuring blood flow |
US5310540A (en) | 1990-10-05 | 1994-05-10 | Sintetica Sa | Method for the preparation of stable suspensions of hollow gas-filled microspheres suitable for ultrasonic echography |
US5487390A (en) | 1990-10-05 | 1996-01-30 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Gas-filled polymeric microbubbles for ultrasound imaging |
AU657111B2 (en) | 1990-12-20 | 1995-03-02 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute | Control of gene expression by ionizing radiation |
US5107842A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1992-04-28 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Method of ultrasound imaging of the gastrointestinal tract |
CA2063529A1 (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1992-09-23 | Katsuro Tachibana | Booster for therapy of diseases with ultrasound and pharmaceutical liquid composition containing the same |
GB9106673D0 (en) | 1991-03-28 | 1991-05-15 | Hafslund Nycomed As | Improvements in or relating to contrast agents |
GB9106686D0 (en) | 1991-03-28 | 1991-05-15 | Hafslund Nycomed As | Improvements in or relating to contrast agents |
US5205290A (en) | 1991-04-05 | 1993-04-27 | Unger Evan C | Low density microspheres and their use as contrast agents for computed tomography |
US5496535A (en) | 1991-04-12 | 1996-03-05 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Fluorocarbon contrast media for use with MRI and radiographic imaging |
US5147631A (en) | 1991-04-30 | 1992-09-15 | Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Porous inorganic ultrasound contrast agents |
DE69219331T3 (en) | 1991-06-03 | 2001-06-07 | Nycomed Imaging As | IMPROVEMENTS REGARDING CONTRAST AGENTS |
JP2868335B2 (en) | 1991-06-13 | 1999-03-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Switching system and disconnection notification method in switching system |
DE69230885T3 (en) | 1991-09-17 | 2008-01-24 | Ge Healthcare As | GASOUS ULTRASONIC CONTRASTING AGENTS |
MX9205298A (en) | 1991-09-17 | 1993-05-01 | Steven Carl Quay | GASEOUS ULTRASOUND CONTRASTING MEDIA AND METHOD FOR SELECTING GASES TO BE USED AS ULTRASOUND CONTRASTING MEDIA |
US5409688A (en) | 1991-09-17 | 1995-04-25 | Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Gaseous ultrasound contrast media |
US5362477A (en) | 1991-10-25 | 1994-11-08 | Mallinckrodt Medical, Inc. | 19F magnetic resonance imaging agents which include a nitroxide moiety |
GB9200388D0 (en) | 1992-01-09 | 1992-02-26 | Nycomed As | Improvements in or relating to contrast agents |
GB9200387D0 (en) | 1992-01-09 | 1992-02-26 | Nycomed As | Improvements in or relating to contrast agents |
IL104084A (en) | 1992-01-24 | 1996-09-12 | Bracco Int Bv | Long-lasting aqueous suspensions of pressure-resistant gas-filled microvesicles their preparation and contrast agents consisting of them |
US5470582A (en) | 1992-02-07 | 1995-11-28 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Controlled delivery of pharmaceuticals from preformed porous polymeric microparticles |
JP3325300B2 (en) | 1992-02-28 | 2002-09-17 | 株式会社東芝 | Ultrasound therapy equipment |
US5247935A (en) | 1992-03-19 | 1993-09-28 | General Electric Company | Magnetic resonance guided focussed ultrasound surgery |
US5858399A (en) | 1992-04-09 | 1999-01-12 | Northwestern University | Acoustically reflective liposomes and methods to make and use the same |
WO1993020802A1 (en) | 1992-04-09 | 1993-10-28 | Northwestern University | Acoustically reflective liposomes and methods to make and use the same |
US5339814A (en) | 1992-04-14 | 1994-08-23 | Lasker Sigmund E | Process for visualizing tissue metabolism using oxygen-17 |
US5846516A (en) | 1992-06-03 | 1998-12-08 | Alliance Pharmaceutial Corp. | Perfluoroalkylated amphiphilic phosphorus compounds: preparation and biomedical applications |
DE4221256C2 (en) | 1992-06-26 | 1997-07-10 | Lancaster Group Ag | Galenic composition for topical use |
US5552155A (en) | 1992-12-04 | 1996-09-03 | The Liposome Company, Inc. | Fusogenic lipsomes and methods for making and using same |
EP0680341B1 (en) | 1993-01-25 | 2001-05-09 | Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Phase shift colloids as ultrasound contrast agents |
US5558855A (en) | 1993-01-25 | 1996-09-24 | Sonus Pharmaceuticals | Phase shift colloids as ultrasound contrast agents |
FR2700952B1 (en) | 1993-01-29 | 1995-03-17 | Oreal | New cosmetic or dermopharmaceutical compositions in the form of aqueous gels modified by the addition of expanded microspheres. |
JP3746293B2 (en) | 1993-02-22 | 2006-02-15 | アメリカン バイオサイエンス、インコーポレイテッド | Methods for in vivo delivery of biologics and compositions therefor |
US5362478A (en) | 1993-03-26 | 1994-11-08 | Vivorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Magnetic resonance imaging with fluorocarbons encapsulated in a cross-linked polymeric shell |
US5716597A (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1998-02-10 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Emulsions as contrast agents and method of use |
AU683485B2 (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1997-11-13 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Method for making encapsulated gas microspheres from heat denatured protein in the absence of oxygen gas |
US5855865A (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1999-01-05 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Method for making encapsulated gas microspheres from heat denatured protein in the absence of oxygen gas |
ES2231775T5 (en) | 1993-07-30 | 2011-02-02 | Imcor Pharmaceutical Co. | COMPOSITION OF STABILIZED MICROBUBBLES FOR ECOGRAPHY. |
US5433204A (en) | 1993-11-16 | 1995-07-18 | Camilla Olson | Method of assessing placentation |
CN1148812A (en) | 1994-03-28 | 1997-04-30 | 尼科梅德成像有限公司 | Liposomes |
US5545396A (en) | 1994-04-08 | 1996-08-13 | The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Magnetic resonance imaging using hyperpolarized noble gases |
EP0758251A1 (en) | 1994-05-03 | 1997-02-19 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Composition for ultrasonically quantitating myocardial perfusion |
US5571797A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1996-11-05 | Arch Development Corporation | Method of inducing gene expression by ionizing radiation |
US5502094A (en) | 1994-05-20 | 1996-03-26 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Physiologically acceptable emulsions containing perfluorocarbon ether hydrides and methods for use |
US5562893A (en) | 1994-08-02 | 1996-10-08 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Gas-filled microspheres with fluorine-containing shells |
US5540909A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1996-07-30 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Harmonic ultrasound imaging with microbubbles |
US5569448A (en) | 1995-01-24 | 1996-10-29 | Nano Systems L.L.C. | Sulfated nonionic block copolymer surfactants as stabilizer coatings for nanoparticle compositions |
US5556372A (en) | 1995-02-15 | 1996-09-17 | Exogen, Inc. | Apparatus for ultrasonic bone treatment |
US5560364A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-10-01 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Suspended ultra-sound induced microbubble cavitation imaging |
US5558092A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1996-09-24 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Methods and apparatus for performing diagnostic and therapeutic ultrasound simultaneously |
US5606973A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-03-04 | Molecular Biosystems, Inc. | Liquid core microdroplets for ultrasound imaging |
US5804162A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-09-08 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Gas emulsions stabilized with fluorinated ethers having low Ostwald coefficients |
US5840023A (en) | 1996-01-31 | 1998-11-24 | Oraevsky; Alexander A. | Optoacoustic imaging for medical diagnosis |
-
1995
- 1995-06-06 US US08/465,868 patent/US5997898A/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
1996
- 1996-05-28 AU AU59360/96A patent/AU715681B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-05-28 JP JP50077097A patent/JP2001517192A/en active Pending
- 1996-05-28 WO PCT/US1996/007813 patent/WO1996039197A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-05-28 CA CA002219528A patent/CA2219528A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1996-05-28 CN CN96194248.7A patent/CN1185744A/en active Pending
- 1996-05-28 EP EP96916685A patent/EP0831927A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0831927A4 (en) | 2001-06-06 |
JP2001517192A (en) | 2001-10-02 |
EP0831927A1 (en) | 1998-04-01 |
AU715681B2 (en) | 2000-02-10 |
US5997898A (en) | 1999-12-07 |
WO1996039197A1 (en) | 1996-12-12 |
AU5936096A (en) | 1996-12-24 |
CN1185744A (en) | 1998-06-24 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2219528A1 (en) | Stabilized compositions of fluorinated amphiphiles as contrast agents for ultrasound | |
CA2217494C (en) | Novel compositions of lipids and stabilizing materials | |
KR100500334B1 (en) | Improvements in or Relating to Contrast Agents | |
EP0474833B1 (en) | Stable microbubbles suspensions injectable into living organisms | |
EP1174153B1 (en) | Gas emulsions stabilized with fluorinated ethers having low ostwald coefficients | |
ES2225844T3 (en) | PACK WITH A POLYPHASIC COMPOSITION FOR USE IN DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS. | |
CA2575677C (en) | Gas-filled microvesicles composition for contrast imaging | |
JPH11507873A (en) | Apparatus and method for producing optimally sized gas-filled vesicles | |
WO1996040281A9 (en) | Gas emulsions stabilized with fluorinated ethers having low ostwald coefficients | |
US11071792B2 (en) | Targeted gas-filled microvesicles formulation | |
US20080008658A1 (en) | Contrast Agent Formulations for the Visualization of the Lymphatic System | |
US20020119102A1 (en) | Gas emulsions stabilized with fluorinated ethers having low ostwald coefficients | |
EP1001816A1 (en) | Perfluorinated-ether compositions as diagnostic contrast agents | |
AU1759000A (en) | Gas emulsions stabilized with flourinated ethers having low Ostwald coefficients |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |